Icon generation works on Tiger again
[MacVim.git] / src / edit.c
blob714d32099097dcc4fbd81324eead87b2a8bacab0
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
14 #include "vim.h"
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
44 NULL,
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50 NULL,
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
66 struct compl_S
68 compl_T *cp_next;
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
98 * are used. */
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
102 in compl_leader */
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
106 the longest common string. */
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
109 completions. */
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
124 * that is being completed */
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
126 * completion started */
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
132 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
133 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
134 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
135 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
136 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
137 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
138 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
139 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
140 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
141 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
142 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
143 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
144 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
145 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
146 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
147 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
148 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
149 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
150 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
151 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
152 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
153 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
154 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
155 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
156 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
157 #endif
158 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
159 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
160 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
161 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
162 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
163 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
164 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
165 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
166 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
167 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
168 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
170 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
171 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
172 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
173 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
175 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
176 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
177 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
178 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
179 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
180 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
181 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
182 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
183 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
184 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
185 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
186 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
187 #endif
188 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
189 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
190 #if 0
191 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
192 #endif
193 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
194 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
195 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
196 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
197 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
198 #endif
199 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
200 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
201 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
202 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
203 #endif
204 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
205 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
206 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
207 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
208 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
209 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
210 #endif
211 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
212 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
213 #endif
214 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
215 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
216 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
217 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
218 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
219 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
220 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
221 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
222 #endif
223 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
224 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
225 #endif
226 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
227 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
228 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
229 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
230 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
231 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
232 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
233 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
234 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
235 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
236 #ifdef FEAT_DND
237 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
238 #endif
239 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
240 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
241 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
242 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
243 #endif
244 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
245 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
247 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
248 #endif
249 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
251 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
252 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
254 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
255 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
256 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
257 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
258 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
260 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
261 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
262 #endif
264 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
266 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
267 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
268 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
269 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
270 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
271 #endif
273 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
274 char. Set when edit() is called.
275 after that arrow_used is used. */
277 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
278 under the cursor */
281 * edit(): Start inserting text.
283 * "cmdchar" can be:
284 * 'i' normal insert command
285 * 'a' normal append command
286 * 'R' replace command
287 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
288 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
289 * 'g' "gI" command.
290 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
291 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
293 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
294 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
296 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
299 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
300 int cmdchar;
301 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
302 long count;
304 int c = 0;
305 char_u *ptr;
306 int lastc;
307 colnr_T mincol;
308 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
309 int i;
310 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
311 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
312 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
313 #endif
314 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
315 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
316 int old_topfill = -1;
317 #endif
318 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
319 int replaceState = REPLACE;
320 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
322 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
323 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
325 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
326 * error message */
327 check_for_delay(TRUE);
329 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
330 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
331 if (sandbox != 0)
333 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
334 return FALSE;
336 #endif
337 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
338 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
339 if (textlock != 0)
341 EMSG(_(e_secure));
342 return FALSE;
345 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
346 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
347 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
349 EMSG(_(e_secure));
350 return FALSE;
352 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
353 #endif
355 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
357 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
359 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
361 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
362 if (cmdchar == 'R')
363 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
364 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
365 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
366 else
367 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
368 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
369 # endif
370 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
372 #endif
374 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
376 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
377 * where the paste started.
379 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
380 Insstart = where_paste_started;
381 else
382 #endif
384 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
385 if (startln)
386 Insstart.col = 0;
388 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
389 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
390 if (!did_ai)
391 ai_col = 0;
393 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
395 ResetRedobuff();
396 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
397 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
398 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
400 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
401 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
402 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
404 else
405 #endif
407 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
408 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
409 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
410 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
411 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
415 if (cmdchar == 'R')
417 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
418 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
420 beep_flush();
421 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
422 State = INSERT;
424 else
425 #endif
426 State = REPLACE;
428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
429 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
431 State = VREPLACE;
432 replaceState = VREPLACE;
433 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
434 vr_lines_changed = 1;
436 #endif
437 else
438 State = INSERT;
440 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
443 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
444 * on a TAB or special character.
446 curs_columns(TRUE);
449 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
450 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
451 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
452 * when hitting <Esc>.
454 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
455 State |= LANGMAP;
456 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
457 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
458 #endif
460 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
461 setmouse();
462 #endif
463 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
464 clear_showcmd();
465 #endif
466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
467 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
468 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
469 if (revins_on)
470 undisplay_dollar();
471 revins_chars = 0;
472 revins_legal = 0;
473 revins_scol = -1;
474 #endif
477 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
478 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
479 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
481 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
483 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
485 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
486 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
488 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
489 arrow_used = FALSE;
490 else
491 #endif
492 arrow_used = TRUE;
493 restart_edit = 0;
496 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
497 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
498 * correct in very rare cases).
499 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
500 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
502 validate_virtcol();
503 update_curswant();
504 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
505 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
506 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
508 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
509 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
511 else if (has_mbyte)
513 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
514 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
515 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
517 #endif
519 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
521 else
522 arrow_used = FALSE;
524 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
525 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
527 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
528 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
530 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
531 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
532 #endif
533 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
534 can_cindent = TRUE;
535 #endif
536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
537 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
538 * restarting. */
539 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
540 foldOpenCursor();
541 #endif
544 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
545 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
546 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
548 i = 0;
549 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
550 i = showmode();
552 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
553 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
555 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
556 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
557 #endif
558 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
559 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
560 #endif
563 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
564 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
566 ptr = get_inserted();
567 if (ptr == NULL)
568 new_insert_skip = 0;
569 else
571 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
572 vim_free(ptr);
575 old_indent = 0;
578 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
580 for (;;)
582 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
583 if (!revins_legal)
584 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
585 else
586 revins_legal = 0;
587 #endif
588 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
589 count = 0;
591 if (stop_insert_mode)
593 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
594 count = 0;
595 goto doESCkey;
598 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
599 if (!arrow_used)
600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
602 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
603 * menu invoked a shell command). */
604 if (stuff_empty())
606 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
607 if (need_check_timestamps)
608 check_timestamps(FALSE);
612 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
614 msg_scroll = FALSE;
616 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
617 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
618 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
619 * autocommand. */
620 if (need_mouse_correct)
621 gui_mouse_correct();
622 #endif
624 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
625 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
626 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
627 foldOpenCursor();
628 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
629 if (!char_avail())
630 foldCheckClose();
631 #endif
634 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
635 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
636 * redraw.
637 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
638 * something.
639 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
640 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
642 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
643 && curwin->w_p_wrap
644 && !did_backspace
645 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
647 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
648 #endif
651 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
652 validate_cursor_col();
654 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
655 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
656 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
657 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
659 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
660 #endif
663 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
664 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
665 --curwin->w_topfill;
666 else
667 #endif
668 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
669 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
670 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
671 else
672 #endif
673 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
677 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
678 update_topline();
680 did_backspace = FALSE;
682 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
685 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
686 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
688 ins_redraw(TRUE);
690 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
691 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
692 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
693 #endif
695 update_curswant();
696 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
698 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
699 #endif
701 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
702 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
703 #endif
706 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE.
708 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
711 c = safe_vgetc();
712 } while (c == K_IGNORE);
714 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
715 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
716 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
717 #endif
719 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
720 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
721 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
722 #endif
723 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
724 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
725 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
726 #endif
728 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
730 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
731 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
732 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
734 if (compl_started
735 && pum_wanted()
736 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
737 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
738 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
740 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
741 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
742 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
743 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
744 continue;
746 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
747 if (!compl_used_match)
749 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
750 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
751 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
752 if (c == Ctrl_L
753 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
754 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
755 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
757 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
758 continue;
761 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
762 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
763 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
765 ins_compl_addleader(c);
766 continue;
769 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
770 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
771 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
772 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
774 ins_compl_delete();
775 ins_compl_insert();
780 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
781 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
782 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
783 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
784 continue;
785 #endif
787 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
788 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
789 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
790 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
792 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
793 ins_redraw(FALSE);
794 ++no_mapping;
795 ++allow_keys;
796 c = plain_vgetc();
797 --no_mapping;
798 --allow_keys;
799 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
801 /* it's something else */
802 vungetc(c);
803 c = Ctrl_BSL;
805 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
806 continue;
807 else
809 if (c == Ctrl_O)
811 ins_ctrl_o();
812 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
813 nomove = TRUE;
815 count = 0;
816 goto doESCkey;
820 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
821 c = do_digraph(c);
822 #endif
824 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
825 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
826 goto docomplete;
827 #endif
828 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
830 ins_ctrl_v();
831 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
832 continue;
835 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
836 if (cindent_on()
837 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
838 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
839 # endif
842 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
843 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
844 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
845 * done before inserting the key. */
846 line_is_white = inindent(0);
847 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
848 goto force_cindent;
849 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
850 && stop_arrow() == OK)
851 do_c_expr_indent();
853 #endif
855 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
856 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
857 switch (c)
859 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
860 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
861 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
862 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
863 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
864 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
866 #endif
868 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
870 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
871 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
872 * characters.
874 if (ins_start_select(c))
875 continue;
876 #endif
879 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
881 switch (c)
883 case ESC: /* End input mode */
884 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
885 break;
886 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
888 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
889 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
890 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
892 /* Close the cmdline window. */
893 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
894 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
895 nomove = TRUE;
896 goto doESCkey;
898 #endif
900 #ifdef UNIX
901 do_intr:
902 #endif
903 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
904 * Insert mode */
905 if (goto_im())
907 if (got_int)
909 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
910 got_int = FALSE;
912 else
913 vim_beep();
914 break;
916 doESCkey:
918 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
920 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
921 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
922 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
923 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
925 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
927 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
928 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
929 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
930 FALSE, curbuf);
931 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
932 #endif
933 return (c == Ctrl_O);
935 continue;
937 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
938 if (!p_im)
939 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
940 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
941 c = Ctrl_O;
942 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
944 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
945 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
946 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
947 goto docomplete;
948 #endif
949 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
950 break;
951 ins_ctrl_o();
953 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
954 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
955 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
957 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
958 nomove = TRUE;
960 #endif
961 count = 0;
962 goto doESCkey;
964 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
965 case K_KINS:
966 ins_insert(replaceState);
967 break;
969 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
970 break;
972 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
973 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
974 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
975 goto doESCkey;
976 #endif
978 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
979 case K_F1:
980 case K_XF1:
981 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
982 if (p_im)
983 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
984 goto doESCkey;
986 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
987 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
988 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
989 i = plain_vgetc();
990 --no_mapping;
991 netbeans_keycommand(i);
992 break;
993 #endif
995 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
996 case NUL:
997 case Ctrl_A:
998 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
999 * error. */
1000 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
1001 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
1002 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
1003 inserted_space = FALSE;
1004 break;
1006 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
1007 ins_reg();
1008 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1009 inserted_space = FALSE;
1010 break;
1012 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1013 ins_ctrl_g();
1014 break;
1016 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1017 ins_ctrl_hat();
1018 break;
1020 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1021 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
1022 if (!p_ari)
1023 goto normalchar;
1024 ins_ctrl_();
1025 break;
1026 #endif
1028 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1029 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1030 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1031 goto docomplete;
1032 #endif
1033 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1035 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1036 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1037 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1039 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1040 goto docomplete;
1041 break;
1043 # endif
1044 ins_shift(c, lastc);
1045 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1046 inserted_space = FALSE;
1047 break;
1049 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
1050 case K_KDEL:
1051 ins_del();
1052 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1053 break;
1055 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
1056 case Ctrl_H:
1057 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1059 break;
1061 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
1062 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1063 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1064 break;
1066 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
1067 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1068 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1069 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1070 goto docomplete;
1071 # endif
1072 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1073 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1074 inserted_space = FALSE;
1075 break;
1077 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1078 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
1079 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1080 case K_LEFTDRAG:
1081 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1082 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1083 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1084 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1085 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1086 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1087 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1088 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1089 case K_X1MOUSE:
1090 case K_X1DRAG:
1091 case K_X1RELEASE:
1092 case K_X2MOUSE:
1093 case K_X2DRAG:
1094 case K_X2RELEASE:
1095 ins_mouse(c);
1096 break;
1098 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1099 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
1100 break;
1102 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1103 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
1104 break;
1105 #endif
1106 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1107 case K_TABLINE:
1108 case K_TABMENU:
1109 ins_tabline(c);
1110 break;
1111 #endif
1113 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
1114 break;
1116 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1117 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
1118 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1119 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1120 break;
1121 #endif
1123 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1124 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1125 * cancelled. */
1126 case K_F4:
1127 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1128 goto normalchar;
1129 break;
1130 #endif
1132 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1133 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1134 ins_scroll();
1135 break;
1137 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1138 ins_horscroll();
1139 break;
1140 #endif
1142 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
1143 case K_KHOME:
1144 case K_S_HOME:
1145 case K_C_HOME:
1146 ins_home(c);
1147 break;
1149 case K_END: /* <End> */
1150 case K_KEND:
1151 case K_S_END:
1152 case K_C_END:
1153 ins_end(c);
1154 break;
1156 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
1157 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1158 ins_s_left();
1159 else
1160 ins_left();
1161 break;
1163 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
1164 case K_C_LEFT:
1165 ins_s_left();
1166 break;
1168 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
1169 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1170 ins_s_right();
1171 else
1172 ins_right();
1173 break;
1175 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
1176 case K_C_RIGHT:
1177 ins_s_right();
1178 break;
1180 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
1181 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1182 if (pum_visible())
1183 goto docomplete;
1184 #endif
1185 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1186 ins_pageup();
1187 else
1188 ins_up(FALSE);
1189 break;
1191 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
1192 case K_PAGEUP:
1193 case K_KPAGEUP:
1194 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1195 if (pum_visible())
1196 goto docomplete;
1197 #endif
1198 ins_pageup();
1199 break;
1201 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
1202 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1203 if (pum_visible())
1204 goto docomplete;
1205 #endif
1206 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1207 ins_pagedown();
1208 else
1209 ins_down(FALSE);
1210 break;
1212 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
1213 case K_PAGEDOWN:
1214 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1215 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1216 if (pum_visible())
1217 goto docomplete;
1218 #endif
1219 ins_pagedown();
1220 break;
1222 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1223 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
1224 ins_drop();
1225 break;
1226 #endif
1228 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1229 c = TAB;
1230 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1232 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1233 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1234 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1235 goto docomplete;
1236 #endif
1237 inserted_space = FALSE;
1238 if (ins_tab())
1239 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
1240 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1241 break;
1243 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
1244 c = CAR;
1245 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1246 case CAR:
1247 case NL:
1248 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1249 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1250 * cursor. */
1251 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1253 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
1254 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1255 else /* location list window */
1256 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1257 break;
1259 #endif
1260 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1261 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1263 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1264 cmdwin_result = CAR;
1265 goto doESCkey;
1267 #endif
1268 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1269 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
1270 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1271 inserted_space = FALSE;
1272 break;
1274 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1275 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
1276 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1277 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1279 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1280 goto docomplete;
1281 break;
1283 # endif
1284 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1285 c = ins_digraph();
1286 if (c == NUL)
1287 break;
1288 # endif
1289 goto normalchar;
1290 #endif
1292 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1293 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1294 ins_ctrl_x();
1295 break;
1297 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
1298 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1299 goto normalchar;
1300 goto docomplete;
1302 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
1303 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1304 goto normalchar;
1305 goto docomplete;
1307 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
1308 case Ctrl_S:
1309 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1310 goto normalchar;
1311 goto docomplete;
1312 #endif
1314 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
1315 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1316 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1317 #endif
1319 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1320 if (p_im)
1322 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1323 break;
1324 goto doESCkey;
1326 goto normalchar;
1328 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1329 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1331 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1332 case Ctrl_N:
1333 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1334 * but it is under other ^X modes */
1335 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1336 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1337 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1338 goto normalchar;
1340 docomplete:
1341 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1342 compl_cont_status = 0;
1343 break;
1344 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1346 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1347 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
1348 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1349 break;
1351 default:
1352 #ifdef UNIX
1353 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
1354 goto do_intr;
1355 #endif
1358 * Insert a nomal character.
1360 normalchar:
1361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1362 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1363 ins_try_si(c);
1364 #endif
1366 if (c == ' ')
1368 inserted_space = TRUE;
1369 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1370 if (inindent(0))
1371 can_cindent = FALSE;
1372 #endif
1373 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1374 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1375 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1378 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1380 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1381 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1382 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1383 #endif
1386 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1388 revins_legal++;
1389 revins_chars++;
1390 #endif
1393 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1395 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1396 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1397 * closed fold. */
1398 foldOpenCursor();
1399 #endif
1400 break;
1401 } /* end of switch (c) */
1403 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1404 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1405 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
1406 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1407 #endif
1409 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1410 if (arrow_used)
1411 inserted_space = FALSE;
1413 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1414 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1415 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1416 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
1417 # endif
1420 force_cindent:
1422 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1424 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1426 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1427 /* re-indent the current line */
1428 do_c_expr_indent();
1431 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1433 } /* for (;;) */
1434 /* NOTREACHED */
1438 * Redraw for Insert mode.
1439 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1440 * option work correctly.
1441 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
1442 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1444 /*ARGSUSED*/
1445 static void
1446 ins_redraw(ready)
1447 int ready; /* not busy with something */
1449 if (!char_avail())
1451 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1452 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
1453 * visible, the command might delete it. */
1454 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
1455 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1456 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1457 && !pum_visible()
1458 # endif
1461 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1462 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
1463 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
1464 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
1465 * again below, unfortunately. */
1466 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
1467 update_screen(0);
1468 # endif
1469 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1470 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1472 #endif
1473 if (must_redraw)
1474 update_screen(0);
1475 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1476 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
1477 showruler(FALSE);
1478 setcursor();
1479 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
1484 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1486 static void
1487 ins_ctrl_v()
1489 int c;
1491 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1492 ins_redraw(FALSE);
1494 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1495 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1496 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
1498 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1499 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1500 #endif
1502 c = get_literal();
1503 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1504 clear_showcmd();
1505 #endif
1506 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1507 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1508 revins_chars++;
1509 revins_legal++;
1510 #endif
1514 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
1515 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1517 static int pc_status;
1518 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
1519 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
1520 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
1521 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
1522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1523 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1524 #else
1525 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
1526 #endif
1527 static int pc_attr;
1528 static int pc_row;
1529 static int pc_col;
1531 void
1532 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1533 int c;
1534 int highlight;
1536 int attr;
1538 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1540 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1541 validate_cursor();
1542 if (highlight)
1543 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1544 else
1545 attr = 0;
1546 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1547 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1548 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1549 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1550 #endif
1551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1552 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1554 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1555 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1556 if (has_mbyte)
1558 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1560 if (fix_col != pc_col)
1562 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1563 --curwin->w_wcol;
1564 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1567 # endif
1569 else
1570 #endif
1572 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1574 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1575 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1576 #endif
1579 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
1580 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1581 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1582 #endif
1584 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1585 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1587 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1592 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1594 void
1595 edit_unputchar()
1597 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1599 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1600 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1601 ++curwin->w_wcol;
1602 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1603 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1604 else
1605 #endif
1606 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1611 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1612 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1614 void
1615 display_dollar(col)
1616 colnr_T col;
1618 colnr_T save_col;
1620 if (!redrawing())
1621 return;
1623 cursor_off();
1624 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1625 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1627 if (has_mbyte)
1629 char_u *p;
1631 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1632 p = ml_get_curline();
1633 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1635 #endif
1636 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1637 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1639 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1640 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1642 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1646 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1647 * in insert mode.
1649 static void
1650 undisplay_dollar()
1652 if (dollar_vcol)
1654 dollar_vcol = 0;
1655 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1660 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1661 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1662 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1663 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1664 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
1665 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1667 void
1668 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
1669 int type;
1670 int amount;
1671 int round;
1672 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1673 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
1675 int vcol;
1676 int last_vcol;
1677 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
1678 int new_cursor_col;
1679 int i;
1680 char_u *ptr;
1681 int save_p_list;
1682 int start_col;
1683 colnr_T vc;
1684 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1685 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
1686 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
1688 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1689 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1691 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
1692 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1694 #endif
1696 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1697 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1698 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1699 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1700 vcol = vc;
1703 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1704 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
1705 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1707 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1709 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1710 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1711 beginline(BL_WHITE);
1712 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1714 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1717 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1718 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1720 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1721 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1723 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
1724 start_col = -1;
1727 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1729 if (type == INDENT_SET)
1730 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
1731 else
1733 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1734 int save_State = State;
1736 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
1737 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1738 State = INSERT;
1739 #endif
1740 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
1741 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1742 State = save_State;
1743 #endif
1745 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1748 * Try to put cursor on same character.
1749 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1750 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1751 * non-blank character.
1752 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1753 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1754 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1756 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1759 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1760 * Insstart_col to 0.
1762 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1763 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1764 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1766 else if (!(State & INSERT))
1767 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1768 else
1771 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1773 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1774 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
1777 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1779 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1780 new_cursor_col = -1;
1781 ptr = ml_get_curline();
1782 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1784 last_vcol = vcol;
1785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1786 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1787 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1788 else
1789 #endif
1790 ++new_cursor_col;
1791 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1793 vcol = last_vcol;
1796 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1797 * the right screen column.
1799 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1801 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1802 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1803 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
1804 if (ptr != NULL)
1806 new_cursor_col += i;
1807 ptr[i] = NUL;
1808 while (--i >= 0)
1809 ptr[i] = ' ';
1810 ins_str(ptr);
1811 vim_free(ptr);
1816 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1817 * Insstart_col to 0.
1819 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1822 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1824 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1825 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1826 else
1827 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1828 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1829 changed_cline_bef_curs();
1832 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1834 if (State & INSERT)
1836 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1838 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1839 Insstart.col = 0;
1840 else
1841 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1843 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1844 ai_col = 0;
1845 else
1846 ai_col -= insstart_less;
1850 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1851 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1852 * few characters from the replace stack.
1853 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1854 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1856 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1858 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1860 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1861 --start_col;
1863 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1865 replace_push(NUL);
1866 if (replaced)
1868 replace_push(replaced);
1869 replaced = NUL;
1871 ++start_col;
1875 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1877 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
1878 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1879 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1881 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1883 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
1884 * even if you can't backspace. */
1885 if (orig_line == NULL)
1886 return;
1888 /* Save new line */
1889 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1890 if (new_line == NULL)
1891 return;
1893 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1894 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1896 /* Put back original line */
1897 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1898 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1900 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1901 backspace_until_column(0);
1903 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1904 ins_bytes(new_line);
1906 vim_free(new_line);
1908 #endif
1912 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
1913 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1914 * modes.
1916 void
1917 truncate_spaces(line)
1918 char_u *line;
1920 int i;
1922 /* find start of trailing white space */
1923 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1925 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1926 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1928 line[i + 1] = NUL;
1931 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1932 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1934 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1935 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1937 void
1938 backspace_until_column(col)
1939 int col;
1941 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1943 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1944 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1945 replace_do_bs();
1946 else
1947 (void)del_char(FALSE);
1950 #endif
1952 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1954 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
1956 static void
1957 ins_ctrl_x()
1959 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
1960 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
1961 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
1963 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
1964 * compl_cont_status */
1965 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
1966 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
1967 else
1968 compl_cont_status = 0;
1969 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
1970 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
1971 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
1972 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
1973 showmode();
1978 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
1980 static int
1981 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
1982 int dict_opt;
1984 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
1985 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
1986 && !curwin->w_p_spell
1987 # endif
1989 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
1991 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
1992 edit_submode = NULL;
1993 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
1994 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
1995 hl_attr(HLF_E));
1996 if (emsg_silent == 0)
1998 vim_beep();
1999 setcursor();
2000 out_flush();
2001 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
2003 return FALSE;
2005 return TRUE;
2009 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
2010 * This depends on the current mode.
2013 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
2014 int c;
2016 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
2017 if (c == Ctrl_R)
2018 return TRUE;
2020 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2021 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2022 return TRUE;
2024 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2026 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2027 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2028 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2029 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2030 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2031 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2032 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2033 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2034 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
2035 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2036 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2037 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2038 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2039 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2040 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2041 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2042 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2043 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2044 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2045 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2046 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2047 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2048 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2049 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2050 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2051 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2052 #endif
2053 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2054 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2055 || c == Ctrl_X);
2056 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2057 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2058 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2059 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2060 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2061 #endif
2062 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2063 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2065 EMSG(_(e_internal));
2066 return FALSE;
2070 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
2071 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
2072 * is visible.
2074 static int
2075 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
2076 int c;
2078 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
2079 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
2080 return vim_isIDc(c);
2082 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2084 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2085 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
2086 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
2087 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
2088 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
2090 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2091 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2092 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
2093 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
2094 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
2096 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2097 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
2098 return vim_isprintc(c);
2100 return vim_iswordc(c);
2104 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2105 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2106 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2107 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2110 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
2111 char_u *str;
2112 int len;
2113 int icase;
2114 char_u *fname;
2115 int dir;
2116 int flags;
2118 char_u *p;
2119 int i, c;
2120 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
2121 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
2122 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
2123 int has_lower = FALSE;
2124 int was_letter = FALSE;
2126 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
2128 /* Infer case of completed part. */
2130 /* Find actual length of completion. */
2131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2132 if (has_mbyte)
2134 p = str;
2135 actual_len = 0;
2136 while (*p != NUL)
2138 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2139 ++actual_len;
2142 else
2143 #endif
2144 actual_len = len;
2146 /* Find actual length of original text. */
2147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2148 if (has_mbyte)
2150 p = compl_orig_text;
2151 actual_compl_length = 0;
2152 while (*p != NUL)
2154 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2155 ++actual_compl_length;
2158 else
2159 #endif
2160 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2162 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2163 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
2164 if (wca != NULL)
2166 p = str;
2167 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2169 if (has_mbyte)
2170 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2171 else
2172 #endif
2173 wca[i] = *(p++);
2175 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2176 p = compl_orig_text;
2177 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2180 if (has_mbyte)
2181 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2182 else
2183 #endif
2184 c = *(p++);
2185 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2187 has_lower = TRUE;
2188 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2190 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2191 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2192 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2193 break;
2199 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2200 * upper case.
2202 if (!has_lower)
2204 p = compl_orig_text;
2205 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2208 if (has_mbyte)
2209 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2210 else
2211 #endif
2212 c = *(p++);
2213 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2215 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2216 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2217 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2218 break;
2220 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2224 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2225 p = compl_orig_text;
2226 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2229 if (has_mbyte)
2230 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2231 else
2232 #endif
2233 c = *(p++);
2234 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2235 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2236 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2237 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2241 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2242 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2243 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2244 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2246 p = IObuff;
2247 i = 0;
2248 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2250 if (has_mbyte)
2251 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
2252 else
2253 #endif
2254 *(p++) = wca[i++];
2255 *p = NUL;
2257 vim_free(wca);
2260 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2261 flags, FALSE);
2263 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2267 * Add a match to the list of matches.
2268 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2269 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
2270 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2272 static int
2273 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
2274 char_u *str;
2275 int len;
2276 int icase;
2277 char_u *fname;
2278 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2279 int cdir;
2280 int flags;
2281 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
2283 compl_T *match;
2284 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2286 ui_breakcheck();
2287 if (got_int)
2288 return FAIL;
2289 if (len < 0)
2290 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2293 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2295 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2297 match = compl_first_match;
2300 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2301 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2302 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2303 return NOTDONE;
2304 match = match->cp_next;
2305 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2308 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2309 ins_compl_del_pum();
2312 * Allocate a new match structure.
2313 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2315 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2316 if (match == NULL)
2317 return FAIL;
2318 match->cp_number = -1;
2319 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2320 match->cp_number = 0;
2321 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2323 vim_free(match);
2324 return FAIL;
2326 match->cp_icase = icase;
2328 /* match-fname is:
2329 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2330 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2331 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
2332 if (fname != NULL
2333 && compl_curr_match != NULL
2334 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2335 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2336 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2337 else if (fname != NULL)
2339 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2340 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2342 else
2343 match->cp_fname = NULL;
2344 match->cp_flags = flags;
2346 if (cptext != NULL)
2348 int i;
2350 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2351 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2352 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2356 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2358 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2359 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2360 else if (dir == FORWARD)
2362 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2363 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2365 else /* BACKWARD */
2367 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2368 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2370 if (match->cp_next)
2371 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2372 if (match->cp_prev)
2373 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2374 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2375 compl_first_match = match;
2376 compl_curr_match = match;
2379 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2381 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2382 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2384 return OK;
2388 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2389 * match->cp_icase.
2391 static int
2392 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
2393 compl_T *match;
2394 char_u *str;
2395 int len;
2397 if (match->cp_icase)
2398 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2399 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2403 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2405 static void
2406 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
2407 compl_T *match;
2409 char_u *p, *s;
2410 int c1, c2;
2411 int had_match;
2413 if (compl_leader == NULL)
2415 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
2416 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2417 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2419 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2420 ins_compl_delete();
2421 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
2422 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2424 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2425 * again after redrawing. */
2426 if (!had_match)
2427 ins_compl_delete();
2428 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2431 else
2433 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2434 p = compl_leader;
2435 s = match->cp_str;
2436 while (*p != NUL)
2438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2439 if (has_mbyte)
2441 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2442 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2444 else
2445 #endif
2447 c1 = *p;
2448 c2 = *s;
2450 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2451 : (c1 != c2))
2452 break;
2453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2454 if (has_mbyte)
2456 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2457 mb_ptr_adv(s);
2459 else
2460 #endif
2462 ++p;
2463 ++s;
2467 if (*p != NUL)
2469 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2470 *p = NUL;
2471 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2472 ins_compl_delete();
2473 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
2474 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2476 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2477 * again after redrawing. */
2478 if (!had_match)
2479 ins_compl_delete();
2482 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2487 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2488 * Frees matches[].
2490 static void
2491 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
2492 int num_matches;
2493 char_u **matches;
2494 int icase;
2496 int i;
2497 int add_r = OK;
2498 int dir = compl_direction;
2500 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2501 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2502 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2503 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2504 dir = FORWARD;
2505 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2508 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2509 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2511 static int
2512 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2514 compl_T *match;
2515 int count = 0;
2517 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2520 * Find the end of the list.
2522 match = compl_first_match;
2523 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2524 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2526 match = match->cp_next;
2527 ++count;
2529 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2530 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2532 return count;
2536 * Start completion for the complete() function.
2537 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2538 * "list" is the list of matches.
2540 void
2541 set_completion(startcol, list)
2542 int startcol;
2543 list_T *list;
2545 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2546 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2547 ins_compl_prep(' ');
2548 ins_compl_clear();
2550 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
2551 return;
2553 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
2554 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2555 compl_col = startcol;
2556 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
2557 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2558 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2559 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2560 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2561 return;
2563 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
2564 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2566 ins_compl_add_list(list);
2567 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2568 compl_started = TRUE;
2569 compl_used_match = TRUE;
2570 compl_cont_status = 0;
2572 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2573 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
2574 out_flush();
2578 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2579 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2580 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
2581 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2584 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2586 static void
2587 ins_compl_upd_pum()
2589 int h;
2591 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2593 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2594 update_screen(0);
2595 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2596 ins_compl_del_pum();
2601 * Remove any popup menu.
2603 static void
2604 ins_compl_del_pum()
2606 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2608 pum_undisplay();
2609 vim_free(compl_match_array);
2610 compl_match_array = NULL;
2615 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2617 static int
2618 pum_wanted()
2620 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
2621 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
2622 return FALSE;
2624 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2625 if (t_colors < 8
2626 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2627 && !gui.in_use
2628 #endif
2630 return FALSE;
2631 return TRUE;
2635 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
2636 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
2638 static int
2639 pum_enough_matches()
2641 compl_T *compl;
2642 int i;
2644 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2645 * one (ignoring the original text). */
2646 compl = compl_first_match;
2647 i = 0;
2650 if (compl == NULL
2651 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2652 break;
2653 compl = compl->cp_next;
2654 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2656 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
2657 return (i >= 1);
2658 return (i >= 2);
2662 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2663 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
2665 void
2666 ins_compl_show_pum()
2668 compl_T *compl;
2669 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
2670 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
2671 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
2672 int i;
2673 int cur = -1;
2674 colnr_T col;
2675 int lead_len = 0;
2677 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
2678 return;
2680 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
2681 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
2682 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
2683 #endif
2685 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2686 update_screen(0);
2688 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2690 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2691 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2692 compl = compl_first_match;
2693 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2694 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
2697 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2698 && (compl_leader == NULL
2699 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2700 ++compl_match_arraysize;
2701 compl = compl->cp_next;
2702 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2703 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
2704 return;
2705 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
2706 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
2707 * compl_match_arraysize));
2708 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2710 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
2711 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
2712 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2713 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2715 i = 0;
2716 compl = compl_first_match;
2719 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2720 && (compl_leader == NULL
2721 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2723 if (!shown_match_ok)
2725 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
2727 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
2728 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
2729 compl_shown_match = compl;
2730 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2731 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2733 else
2734 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
2735 * shown match is just below it. */
2736 shown_compl = compl;
2737 cur = i;
2740 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
2741 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
2742 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
2743 else
2744 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
2745 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
2746 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
2747 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
2748 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
2749 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
2750 else
2751 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
2754 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2756 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2758 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
2759 * compl_shown_match. */
2760 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2761 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2763 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
2765 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
2766 * previously displayed match. */
2767 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
2768 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2771 compl = compl->cp_next;
2772 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2774 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
2775 cur = -1;
2778 else
2780 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
2781 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
2782 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
2783 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
2784 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
2786 cur = i;
2787 break;
2791 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2793 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
2794 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
2795 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2796 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
2797 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
2798 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
2802 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
2803 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2806 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
2807 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
2809 static void
2810 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
2811 char_u *dict_start;
2812 char_u *pat;
2813 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
2814 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
2816 char_u *dict = dict_start;
2817 char_u *ptr;
2818 char_u *buf;
2819 regmatch_T regmatch;
2820 char_u **files;
2821 int count;
2822 int i;
2823 int save_p_scs;
2824 int dir = compl_direction;
2826 if (*dict == NUL)
2828 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2829 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
2830 * "spell". */
2831 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
2832 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
2833 else
2834 #endif
2835 return;
2838 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2839 if (buf == NULL)
2840 return;
2841 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
2843 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2844 save_p_scs = p_scs;
2845 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2846 p_scs = FALSE;
2848 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
2849 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
2850 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
2851 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2853 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
2855 if (pat_esc == NULL)
2856 goto theend;
2857 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
2858 ptr = alloc(i);
2859 if (ptr == NULL)
2861 vim_free(pat_esc);
2862 goto theend;
2864 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
2865 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
2866 vim_free(pat_esc);
2867 vim_free(ptr);
2869 else
2871 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2872 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
2873 goto theend;
2876 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2877 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2878 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2880 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2881 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2883 count = 1;
2884 files = &dict;
2886 else
2888 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2889 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2890 * a modeline). */
2891 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2892 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2893 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
2894 count = -1;
2895 else
2896 # endif
2897 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2898 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2899 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2900 count = 0;
2903 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2904 if (count == -1)
2906 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
2907 * don't use it as a RE. */
2908 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
2909 ptr = pat + 2;
2910 else
2911 ptr = pat;
2912 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
2914 else
2915 # endif
2916 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
2918 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
2919 &regmatch, buf, &dir);
2920 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2921 FreeWild(count, files);
2923 if (flags != 0)
2924 break;
2927 theend:
2928 p_scs = save_p_scs;
2929 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2930 vim_free(buf);
2933 static void
2934 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
2935 int count;
2936 char_u **files;
2937 int thesaurus;
2938 int flags;
2939 regmatch_T *regmatch;
2940 char_u *buf;
2941 int *dir;
2943 char_u *ptr;
2944 int i;
2945 FILE *fp;
2946 int add_r;
2948 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
2950 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
2951 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2953 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
2954 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
2955 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2958 if (fp != NULL)
2961 * Read dictionary file line by line.
2962 * Check each line for a match.
2964 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
2965 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
2967 ptr = buf;
2968 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
2970 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
2971 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2972 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
2973 else
2974 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2975 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
2976 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
2977 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
2978 if (thesaurus)
2980 char_u *wstart;
2983 * Add the other matches on the line
2985 ptr = buf;
2986 while (!got_int)
2988 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
2989 * space and punctuation. */
2990 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
2991 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
2992 break;
2993 wstart = ptr;
2995 /* Find end of the word. */
2996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2997 if (has_mbyte)
2998 /* Japanese words may have characters in
2999 * different classes, only separate words
3000 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
3001 while (*ptr != NUL)
3003 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3005 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3006 break;
3007 ptr += l;
3009 else
3010 #endif
3011 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3013 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
3014 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
3015 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
3016 (int)(ptr - wstart),
3017 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3020 if (add_r == OK)
3021 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3022 *dir = FORWARD;
3023 else if (add_r == FAIL)
3024 break;
3025 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
3026 * of line */
3027 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
3028 break;
3030 line_breakcheck();
3031 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
3033 fclose(fp);
3039 * Find the start of the next word.
3040 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
3042 char_u *
3043 find_word_start(ptr)
3044 char_u *ptr;
3046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3047 if (has_mbyte)
3048 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3049 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3050 else
3051 #endif
3052 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3053 ++ptr;
3054 return ptr;
3058 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
3059 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3061 char_u *
3062 find_word_end(ptr)
3063 char_u *ptr;
3065 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3066 int start_class;
3068 if (has_mbyte)
3070 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3071 if (start_class > 1)
3072 while (*ptr != NUL)
3074 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3075 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3076 break;
3079 else
3080 #endif
3081 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3082 ++ptr;
3083 return ptr;
3087 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3088 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3090 static char_u *
3091 find_line_end(ptr)
3092 char_u *ptr;
3094 char_u *s;
3096 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3097 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3098 --s;
3099 return s;
3103 * Free the list of completions
3105 static void
3106 ins_compl_free()
3108 compl_T *match;
3109 int i;
3111 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3112 compl_pattern = NULL;
3113 vim_free(compl_leader);
3114 compl_leader = NULL;
3116 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3117 return;
3119 ins_compl_del_pum();
3120 pum_clear();
3122 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3125 match = compl_curr_match;
3126 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3127 vim_free(match->cp_str);
3128 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3129 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3130 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3131 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3132 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3133 vim_free(match);
3134 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3135 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3138 static void
3139 ins_compl_clear()
3141 compl_cont_status = 0;
3142 compl_started = FALSE;
3143 compl_matches = 0;
3144 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3145 compl_pattern = NULL;
3146 vim_free(compl_leader);
3147 compl_leader = NULL;
3148 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3149 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3150 compl_orig_text = NULL;
3151 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3155 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3158 ins_compl_active()
3160 return compl_started;
3164 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3165 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3166 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3167 * to be got from the user.
3169 static int
3170 ins_compl_bs()
3172 char_u *line;
3173 char_u *p;
3175 line = ml_get_curline();
3176 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3177 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
3179 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
3180 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
3181 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
3182 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
3183 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
3184 return K_BS;
3186 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3187 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3188 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3189 || compl_was_interrupted)
3190 ins_compl_restart();
3192 vim_free(compl_leader);
3193 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3194 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3196 ins_compl_new_leader();
3197 return NUL;
3199 return K_BS;
3203 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3204 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3205 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3207 static void
3208 ins_compl_new_leader()
3210 ins_compl_del_pum();
3211 ins_compl_delete();
3212 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3213 compl_used_match = FALSE;
3215 if (compl_started)
3216 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3217 else
3219 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3220 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
3221 #endif
3223 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
3224 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
3225 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3227 update_screen(0);
3228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3229 if (gui.in_use)
3231 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3232 setcursor();
3233 out_flush();
3234 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3236 #endif
3237 compl_restarting = TRUE;
3238 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
3239 compl_cont_status = 0;
3240 compl_restarting = FALSE;
3243 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
3244 if (!compl_used_match)
3246 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
3247 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
3248 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
3249 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
3250 else
3251 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
3252 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3253 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3255 #endif
3256 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3258 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3259 ins_compl_show_pum();
3261 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3262 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3263 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3267 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3268 * matches.
3270 static void
3271 ins_compl_addleader(c)
3272 int c;
3274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3275 int cc;
3277 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3279 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3281 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3282 buf[cc] = NUL;
3283 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3285 else
3286 #endif
3287 ins_char(c);
3289 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3290 if (compl_was_interrupted)
3291 ins_compl_restart();
3293 vim_free(compl_leader);
3294 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3295 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3296 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3297 ins_compl_new_leader();
3301 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
3302 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3304 static void
3305 ins_compl_restart()
3307 ins_compl_free();
3308 compl_started = FALSE;
3309 compl_matches = 0;
3310 compl_cont_status = 0;
3311 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3315 * Set the first match, the original text.
3317 static void
3318 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
3319 char_u *str;
3321 char_u *p;
3323 /* Replace the original text entry. */
3324 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
3326 p = vim_strsave(str);
3327 if (p != NULL)
3329 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3330 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3336 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3337 * matches.
3339 static void
3340 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
3342 char_u *p;
3343 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
3344 int c;
3345 compl_T *cp;
3347 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3348 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
3350 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3351 * the leader. */
3352 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3354 p = NULL;
3355 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3356 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3358 if (compl_leader == NULL
3359 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3360 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3362 p = cp->cp_str;
3363 break;
3366 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3367 return;
3369 else
3370 return;
3372 p += len;
3373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3374 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
3375 #else
3376 c = *p;
3377 #endif
3378 ins_compl_addleader(c);
3382 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3383 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3384 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3386 static int
3387 ins_compl_prep(c)
3388 int c;
3390 char_u *ptr;
3391 int want_cindent;
3392 int retval = FALSE;
3394 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3395 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3397 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3398 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3400 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
3401 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
3402 return retval;
3404 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3405 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3406 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
3408 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
3409 compl_used_match = TRUE;
3412 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3415 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3416 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
3418 switch (c)
3420 case Ctrl_E:
3421 case Ctrl_Y:
3422 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3423 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3424 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3425 else
3426 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3427 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3428 showmode();
3429 break;
3430 case Ctrl_L:
3431 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3432 break;
3433 case Ctrl_F:
3434 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3435 break;
3436 case Ctrl_K:
3437 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3438 break;
3439 case Ctrl_R:
3440 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3441 break;
3442 case Ctrl_T:
3443 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3444 break;
3445 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3446 case Ctrl_U:
3447 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3448 break;
3449 case Ctrl_O:
3450 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3451 break;
3452 #endif
3453 case 's':
3454 case Ctrl_S:
3455 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3456 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3457 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3458 spell_back_to_badword();
3459 --emsg_off;
3460 #endif
3461 break;
3462 case Ctrl_RSB:
3463 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3464 break;
3465 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3466 case Ctrl_I:
3467 case K_S_TAB:
3468 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3469 break;
3470 case Ctrl_D:
3471 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3472 break;
3473 #endif
3474 case Ctrl_V:
3475 case Ctrl_Q:
3476 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3477 break;
3478 case Ctrl_P:
3479 case Ctrl_N:
3480 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3481 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3482 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3483 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3484 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3485 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3486 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
3487 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3488 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3489 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3490 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3491 /* FALLTHROUGH */
3492 default:
3493 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3494 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3495 * mode).
3496 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3497 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3498 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3499 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3500 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3501 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3502 * mode -- Acevedo */
3503 if (c == Ctrl_X)
3505 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3506 compl_cont_status = 0;
3507 else
3508 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3510 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3511 edit_submode = NULL;
3512 showmode();
3513 break;
3516 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
3518 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3519 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3521 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3522 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3523 else
3524 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3525 edit_submode = NULL;
3527 showmode();
3530 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3532 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
3533 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
3534 * showing what mode we are in. */
3535 showmode();
3536 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
3537 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
3538 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3540 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
3541 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
3542 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
3543 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
3545 char_u *p;
3546 int temp = 0;
3549 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
3550 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
3551 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
3552 * of the original text that has changed.
3553 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
3554 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
3556 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
3557 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
3558 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
3559 ptr = compl_leader;
3560 else
3561 ptr = compl_orig_text;
3562 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
3564 p = compl_orig_text;
3565 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
3566 ++temp)
3568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3569 if (temp > 0)
3570 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
3571 #endif
3572 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
3573 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
3575 if (ptr != NULL)
3576 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
3579 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3580 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
3581 #endif
3583 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
3584 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
3586 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3588 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3589 /* re-indent the current line */
3590 if (want_cindent)
3592 do_c_expr_indent();
3593 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
3595 #endif
3597 else
3599 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3601 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
3602 if (prev_col > 0)
3603 dec_cursor();
3604 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
3605 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
3606 if (prev_col > 0
3607 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
3608 inc_cursor();
3611 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
3612 * the selection without inserting anything. When
3613 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
3614 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
3615 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
3616 && pum_visible())
3617 retval = TRUE;
3619 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
3620 if (c == Ctrl_E)
3622 ins_compl_delete();
3623 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3624 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3625 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
3626 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
3627 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3628 retval = TRUE;
3631 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
3633 ins_compl_free();
3634 compl_started = FALSE;
3635 compl_matches = 0;
3636 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3637 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3638 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3639 if (edit_submode != NULL)
3641 edit_submode = NULL;
3642 showmode();
3645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3647 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
3649 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
3650 do_c_expr_indent();
3651 #endif
3655 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
3656 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
3657 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3659 compl_cont_status = 0;
3660 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3663 return retval;
3667 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
3668 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
3669 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
3670 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
3672 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
3674 static buf_T *
3675 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
3676 buf_T *buf;
3677 int flag;
3679 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3680 static win_T *wp;
3681 #endif
3683 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
3685 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3686 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
3687 wp = curwin;
3688 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
3689 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
3691 buf = wp->w_buffer;
3692 #else
3693 buf = curbuf;
3694 #endif
3696 else
3697 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
3698 * (unlisted buffers)
3699 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
3700 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
3701 && ((flag == 'U'
3702 ? buf->b_p_bl
3703 : (!buf->b_p_bl
3704 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
3705 || buf->b_scanned))
3707 return buf;
3710 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3711 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
3714 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
3715 * get matches in "matches".
3717 static void
3718 expand_by_function(type, base)
3719 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
3720 char_u *base;
3722 list_T *matchlist;
3723 char_u *args[2];
3724 char_u *funcname;
3725 pos_T pos;
3727 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
3728 if (*funcname == NUL)
3729 return;
3731 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
3732 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
3733 args[1] = base;
3735 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
3736 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
3737 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
3738 if (matchlist == NULL)
3739 return;
3741 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
3742 list_unref(matchlist);
3744 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
3746 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
3748 * Add completions from a list.
3750 static void
3751 ins_compl_add_list(list)
3752 list_T *list;
3754 listitem_T *li;
3755 int dir = compl_direction;
3757 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
3758 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
3760 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
3761 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3762 dir = FORWARD;
3763 else if (did_emsg)
3764 break;
3769 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
3770 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
3771 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
3772 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
3775 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
3776 typval_T *tv;
3777 int dir;
3779 char_u *word;
3780 int icase = FALSE;
3781 int adup = FALSE;
3782 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
3784 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
3786 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
3787 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3788 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
3789 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3790 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
3791 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3792 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
3793 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3794 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
3795 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
3796 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
3797 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
3798 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
3800 else
3802 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
3803 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
3805 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
3806 return FAIL;
3807 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
3809 #endif
3812 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
3813 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
3814 * compl_direction.
3815 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
3816 * where we stopped searching before.
3817 * This may return before finding all the matches.
3818 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
3820 static int
3821 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
3822 pos_T *ini;
3824 static pos_T first_match_pos;
3825 static pos_T last_match_pos;
3826 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
3827 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
3828 certain type. */
3829 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
3831 pos_T *pos;
3832 char_u **matches;
3833 int save_p_scs;
3834 int save_p_ws;
3835 int save_p_ic;
3836 int i;
3837 int num_matches;
3838 int len;
3839 int found_new_match;
3840 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
3841 char_u *ptr;
3842 char_u *dict = NULL;
3843 int dict_f = 0;
3844 compl_T *old_match;
3846 if (!compl_started)
3848 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
3849 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
3850 found_all = FALSE;
3851 ins_buf = curbuf;
3852 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3853 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
3854 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
3857 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
3858 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
3859 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
3860 for (;;)
3862 found_new_match = FAIL;
3864 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
3865 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
3866 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
3867 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3868 && (!compl_started || found_all))
3870 found_all = FALSE;
3871 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
3872 e_cpt++;
3873 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
3875 ins_buf = curbuf;
3876 first_match_pos = *ini;
3877 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
3878 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
3879 dec(&first_match_pos);
3880 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
3881 type = 0;
3883 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
3884 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
3886 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
3887 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
3889 compl_started = TRUE;
3890 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
3891 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
3892 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
3893 type = 0;
3895 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
3897 found_all = TRUE;
3898 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
3899 continue;
3900 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3901 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
3902 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
3904 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
3905 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
3906 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
3907 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
3908 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
3909 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
3910 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3912 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
3913 break;
3914 else
3916 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3917 type = -1;
3918 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
3920 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
3921 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3922 else
3923 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3924 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
3926 dict = e_cpt;
3927 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
3930 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3931 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
3932 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3933 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
3934 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3935 #endif
3936 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
3938 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3939 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
3940 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3942 else
3943 type = -1;
3945 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
3946 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
3948 found_all = TRUE;
3949 if (type == -1)
3950 continue;
3954 switch (type)
3956 case -1:
3957 break;
3958 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3959 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
3960 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
3961 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
3962 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
3963 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
3964 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
3965 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
3966 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
3967 break;
3968 #endif
3970 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
3971 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
3972 ins_compl_dictionaries(
3973 dict != NULL ? dict
3974 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
3975 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
3976 ? p_tsr
3977 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
3978 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
3979 ? p_dict
3980 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
3981 compl_pattern,
3982 dict != NULL ? dict_f
3983 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
3984 dict = NULL;
3985 break;
3987 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
3988 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
3989 save_p_ic = p_ic;
3990 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
3992 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
3993 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
3994 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
3995 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
3996 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
3997 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
3999 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4001 p_ic = save_p_ic;
4002 break;
4004 case CTRL_X_FILES:
4005 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4006 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
4009 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
4010 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
4011 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
4012 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
4013 TRUE
4014 #else
4015 FALSE
4016 #endif
4019 break;
4021 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
4022 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4023 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
4024 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
4025 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
4026 break;
4028 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4029 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
4030 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
4031 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
4032 break;
4033 #endif
4035 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
4036 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4037 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
4038 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
4039 if (num_matches > 0)
4040 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4041 #endif
4042 break;
4044 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
4046 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
4048 save_p_scs = p_scs;
4049 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
4050 p_scs = FALSE;
4052 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4053 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4054 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4055 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4056 save_p_ws = p_ws;
4057 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4058 p_ws = FALSE;
4059 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4060 p_ws = TRUE;
4061 for (;;)
4063 int flags = 0;
4065 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4067 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
4068 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4069 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
4070 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4071 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4072 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4073 else
4074 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4075 compl_direction,
4076 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4077 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
4078 --msg_silent;
4079 if (!compl_started)
4081 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4082 compl_started = TRUE;
4083 first_match_pos = *pos;
4084 last_match_pos = *pos;
4086 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4087 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4088 found_new_match = FAIL;
4089 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4091 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4092 found_all = TRUE;
4093 break;
4096 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4097 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4098 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4099 && ini->col == pos->col)
4100 continue;
4101 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4102 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4104 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4106 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4107 continue;
4108 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4109 if (!p_paste)
4110 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4112 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4114 else
4116 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
4118 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4120 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4121 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
4122 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4123 continue;
4124 /* Find start of next word. */
4125 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4127 /* Find end of this word. */
4128 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4129 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4131 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4132 && len == compl_length)
4134 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4136 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4137 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4138 * IOSIZE is always greater than
4139 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4140 * works -- Acevedo */
4141 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4142 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4143 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4144 /* Find start of next word. */
4145 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4146 /* Find end of next word. */
4147 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4148 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4150 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4152 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4153 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4154 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4155 if (p_js
4156 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4157 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4158 == NULL
4159 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4160 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4161 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4163 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
4164 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4165 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4166 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4167 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4168 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4170 IObuff[len] = NUL;
4171 ptr = IObuff;
4173 if (len == compl_length)
4174 continue;
4177 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4178 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4179 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4181 found_new_match = OK;
4182 break;
4185 p_scs = save_p_scs;
4186 p_ws = save_p_ws;
4189 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4190 * expansion added somenthing) */
4191 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
4192 found_new_match = OK;
4194 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4195 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
4196 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4197 || found_new_match != FAIL)
4199 if (got_int)
4200 break;
4201 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4202 if (type != -1)
4203 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
4205 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4206 || compl_interrupted)
4207 break;
4208 compl_started = TRUE;
4210 else
4212 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4213 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4214 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4216 compl_started = FALSE;
4219 compl_started = TRUE;
4221 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4222 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
4223 found_new_match = FAIL;
4225 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
4226 if (found_new_match == FAIL
4227 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
4228 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4230 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4231 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
4232 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4233 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
4234 : old_match->cp_prev;
4235 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4236 compl_curr_match = old_match;
4237 return i;
4240 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4241 static void
4242 ins_compl_delete()
4244 int i;
4247 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4248 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4250 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4251 backspace_until_column(i);
4252 changed_cline_bef_curs();
4255 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
4256 static void
4257 ins_compl_insert()
4259 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
4260 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4261 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4262 else
4263 compl_used_match = TRUE;
4267 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4268 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4269 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4270 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
4271 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4272 * through the ones found so far.
4273 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4275 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4276 * compl_shown_match here.
4278 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
4279 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4280 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4282 static int
4283 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
4284 int allow_get_expansion;
4285 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
4286 be at least 1 */
4287 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
4289 int num_matches = -1;
4290 int i;
4291 int todo = count;
4292 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4293 int found_end = FALSE;
4294 int advance;
4296 if (compl_leader != NULL
4297 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4299 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4300 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4301 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4302 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4303 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4304 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4305 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4307 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4308 * backward, find the last match. */
4309 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4310 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4311 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4312 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4313 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4315 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4316 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4317 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4318 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4319 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4323 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4324 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4325 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
4326 ins_compl_delete();
4328 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4329 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4330 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4332 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4333 if (compl_restarting)
4335 advance = FALSE;
4336 compl_restarting = FALSE;
4339 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
4340 * around. */
4341 while (--todo >= 0)
4343 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4345 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4346 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4347 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4348 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4350 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4351 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4353 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4354 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4355 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4357 else
4359 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4361 if (advance)
4363 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4364 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4365 else
4366 compl_pending += todo + 1;
4368 return -1;
4371 if (advance)
4373 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4374 --compl_pending;
4375 else
4376 ++compl_pending;
4379 /* Find matches. */
4380 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
4382 /* handle any pending completions */
4383 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
4384 && advance)
4386 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4388 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4389 --compl_pending;
4391 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4393 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4394 ++compl_pending;
4396 else
4397 break;
4399 found_end = FALSE;
4401 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
4402 && compl_leader != NULL
4403 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4404 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
4405 ++todo;
4406 else
4407 /* Remember a matching item. */
4408 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
4410 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
4411 if (found_end)
4413 if (found_compl != NULL)
4415 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
4416 break;
4418 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
4422 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
4423 if (insert_match)
4425 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
4426 ins_compl_insert();
4427 else
4428 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
4430 else
4431 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4433 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4435 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
4436 ins_compl_upd_pum();
4438 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
4439 update_screen(0);
4441 /* display the updated popup menu */
4442 ins_compl_show_pum();
4443 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4444 if (gui.in_use)
4446 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
4447 setcursor();
4448 out_flush();
4449 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
4451 #endif
4453 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
4454 * don't want to match ourselves! */
4455 ins_compl_delete();
4458 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
4459 * menu is visible. */
4460 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
4463 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
4464 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
4466 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
4468 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
4469 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
4470 if (i <= 0)
4471 i = 0;
4472 else
4473 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
4474 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
4475 msg(IObuff);
4476 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
4479 return num_matches;
4483 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
4484 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
4485 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
4486 * possible. -- webb
4487 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
4489 void
4490 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
4491 int frequency;
4493 static int count = 0;
4495 int c;
4497 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
4498 * scripts */
4499 if (using_script())
4500 return;
4502 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
4503 if (++count < frequency)
4504 return;
4505 count = 0;
4507 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
4508 * can't do its work correctly. */
4509 c = vpeekc_any();
4510 if (c != NUL)
4512 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
4514 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
4515 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4516 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
4517 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
4519 else
4521 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
4522 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
4523 c = safe_vgetc();
4524 if (c != K_IGNORE)
4526 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
4527 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
4528 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
4529 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
4531 vungetc(c);
4535 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
4537 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
4539 compl_pending = 0;
4540 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
4545 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
4546 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
4548 static int
4549 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
4550 int c;
4552 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
4553 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
4554 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
4555 return BACKWARD;
4556 return FORWARD;
4560 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
4561 * is visible.
4563 static int
4564 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
4565 int c;
4567 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
4568 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
4569 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
4573 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
4574 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
4576 static int
4577 ins_compl_key2count(c)
4578 int c;
4580 int h;
4582 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
4584 h = pum_get_height();
4585 if (h > 3)
4586 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
4587 return h;
4589 return 1;
4593 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
4594 * to change the currently selected completion.
4596 static int
4597 ins_compl_use_match(c)
4598 int c;
4600 switch (c)
4602 case K_UP:
4603 case K_DOWN:
4604 case K_PAGEDOWN:
4605 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
4606 case K_S_DOWN:
4607 case K_PAGEUP:
4608 case K_KPAGEUP:
4609 case K_S_UP:
4610 return FALSE;
4612 return TRUE;
4616 * Do Insert mode completion.
4617 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
4618 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
4620 static int
4621 ins_complete(c)
4622 int c;
4624 char_u *line;
4625 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
4626 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
4627 int n;
4629 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4630 if (!compl_started)
4632 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
4634 did_ai = FALSE;
4635 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4636 did_si = FALSE;
4637 can_si = FALSE;
4638 can_si_back = FALSE;
4639 #endif
4640 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4641 return FAIL;
4643 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4644 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4645 compl_pending = 0;
4647 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
4648 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
4649 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
4650 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
4651 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
4652 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
4653 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
4654 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
4655 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
4658 * it is a continued search
4660 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
4661 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
4662 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4664 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4666 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
4667 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
4668 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
4669 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
4670 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4671 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4672 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4673 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
4675 else
4677 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
4678 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
4679 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
4680 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
4682 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
4683 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
4684 line + compl_length
4685 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
4687 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
4689 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
4690 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
4691 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
4692 #define MIN_SPACE 75
4693 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
4695 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
4696 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
4697 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
4699 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4700 if (compl_length < 1)
4701 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4703 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4704 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4705 else
4706 compl_cont_status = 0;
4708 else
4709 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4711 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
4713 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
4714 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
4715 compl_cont_status = 0;
4716 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
4717 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4718 startcol = (int)curs_col;
4719 compl_col = 0;
4722 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
4723 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
4725 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
4726 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4728 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
4730 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
4732 compl_col += ++startcol;
4733 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
4735 if (p_ic)
4736 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
4737 compl_length, NULL, 0);
4738 else
4739 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
4740 compl_length);
4741 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4742 return FAIL;
4744 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4746 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
4748 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
4749 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
4750 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4751 compl_length) + 3);
4752 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4753 return FAIL;
4754 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
4755 || (compl_col > 0
4756 && (
4757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4758 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
4759 #else
4760 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
4761 #endif
4763 prefix = (char_u *)"";
4764 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
4765 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
4766 line + compl_col, compl_length);
4768 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
4769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4770 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
4771 #else
4772 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
4773 #endif
4776 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
4777 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
4778 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4779 return FAIL;
4780 compl_col += curs_col;
4781 compl_length = 0;
4783 else
4785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4786 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
4787 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
4788 if (has_mbyte)
4790 int base_class;
4791 int head_off;
4793 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4794 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
4795 while (--startcol >= 0)
4797 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4798 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
4799 - head_off))
4800 break;
4801 startcol -= head_off;
4804 else
4805 #endif
4806 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
4808 compl_col += ++startcol;
4809 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4810 if (compl_length == 1)
4812 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
4813 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
4814 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
4816 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
4817 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4818 return FAIL;
4819 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4820 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
4821 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
4823 else
4825 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4826 compl_length) + 3);
4827 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4828 return FAIL;
4829 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4830 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
4831 compl_length);
4835 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4837 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4838 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
4839 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
4840 compl_length = 0;
4841 if (p_ic)
4842 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4843 NULL, 0);
4844 else
4845 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4846 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4847 return FAIL;
4849 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
4851 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
4853 compl_col += ++startcol;
4854 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4855 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4856 EXPAND_FILES);
4857 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4858 return FAIL;
4860 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
4862 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
4863 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4864 return FAIL;
4865 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4866 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
4867 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
4868 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
4869 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
4870 * "pattern not found" message. */
4871 compl_col = curs_col;
4872 else
4873 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
4874 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4876 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
4878 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4880 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
4881 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
4883 char_u *args[2];
4884 int col;
4885 char_u *funcname;
4886 pos_T pos;
4888 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
4889 * string */
4890 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4891 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4892 if (*funcname == NUL)
4894 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4895 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
4896 return FAIL;
4899 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
4900 args[1] = NULL;
4901 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4902 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
4903 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
4905 if (col < 0)
4906 col = curs_col;
4907 compl_col = col;
4908 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
4909 compl_col = curs_col;
4911 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
4912 * it may have become invalid. */
4913 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4914 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4915 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4916 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4917 #endif
4918 return FAIL;
4920 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
4922 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4923 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
4924 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
4925 else
4926 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
4927 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
4929 compl_length = 0;
4930 compl_col = curs_col;
4932 else
4934 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
4935 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
4937 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
4938 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4939 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4940 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4941 #endif
4942 return FAIL;
4944 else
4946 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
4947 return FAIL;
4950 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4952 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
4953 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4955 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
4956 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4957 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
4959 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
4960 #endif
4961 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4962 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4963 ins_eol('\r');
4964 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4965 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
4966 #endif
4967 compl_length = 0;
4968 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4971 else
4973 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
4974 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4977 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
4978 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
4979 else
4980 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
4982 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
4983 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
4984 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4985 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
4986 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
4988 vim_free(compl_pattern);
4989 compl_pattern = NULL;
4990 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
4991 compl_orig_text = NULL;
4992 return FAIL;
4995 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
4996 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
4997 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
4999 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
5000 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5001 showmode();
5002 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
5003 out_flush();
5006 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
5007 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
5010 * Find next match (and following matches).
5012 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
5014 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
5015 ins_compl_upd_pum();
5017 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
5018 compl_matches = n;
5019 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
5020 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
5022 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
5023 * mode. */
5024 if (got_int && !global_busy)
5026 (void)vgetc();
5027 got_int = FALSE;
5030 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
5031 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
5033 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5034 && compl_length > 1
5035 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
5036 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
5037 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
5038 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
5039 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
5040 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
5041 if ( compl_length > 1
5042 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5043 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
5044 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5045 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
5046 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
5049 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
5050 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
5051 else
5052 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5054 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5056 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5058 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5059 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5061 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5063 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5064 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5066 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5068 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5069 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5071 else
5073 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5074 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5076 int number = 0;
5077 compl_T *match;
5079 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5081 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5082 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5083 * cycle, so it's fast! */
5084 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5085 && match != compl_first_match;
5086 match = match->cp_prev)
5087 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5089 number = match->cp_number;
5090 break;
5092 if (match != NULL)
5093 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5094 * yet */
5095 for (match = match->cp_next;
5096 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5097 match = match->cp_next)
5098 match->cp_number = ++number;
5100 else /* BACKWARD */
5102 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5103 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
5104 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5105 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5106 && match != compl_first_match;
5107 match = match->cp_next)
5108 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5110 number = match->cp_number;
5111 break;
5113 if (match != NULL)
5114 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5115 * assigned yet */
5116 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5117 && match->cp_number == -1;
5118 match = match->cp_prev)
5119 match->cp_number = ++number;
5123 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5124 * just a safety check. */
5125 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5127 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5128 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5129 static char_u match_ref[81];
5131 if (compl_matches > 0)
5132 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5133 _("match %d of %d"),
5134 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5135 else
5136 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5137 _("match %d"),
5138 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5139 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5140 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5141 if (dollar_vcol)
5142 curs_columns(FALSE);
5147 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5148 showmode();
5149 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5151 if (!p_smd)
5152 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5153 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5154 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5156 else
5157 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5159 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5160 if (!compl_interrupted)
5162 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5163 n = RedrawingDisabled;
5164 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5165 ins_compl_show_pum();
5166 setcursor();
5167 RedrawingDisabled = n;
5169 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5170 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5172 return OK;
5176 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5177 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5178 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5179 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5181 static int
5182 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
5183 char_u *dest;
5184 char_u *src;
5185 int len;
5187 int m;
5189 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
5191 switch (*src)
5193 case '.':
5194 case '*':
5195 case '[':
5196 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5197 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5198 break;
5199 case '~':
5200 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
5201 break;
5202 case '\\':
5203 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5204 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5205 break;
5206 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
5207 case '$':
5208 m++;
5209 if (dest != NULL)
5210 *dest++ = '\\';
5211 break;
5213 if (dest != NULL)
5214 *dest++ = *src;
5215 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5216 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5217 if (has_mbyte)
5219 int i, mb_len;
5221 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5222 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5223 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5225 --len;
5226 ++src;
5227 if (dest != NULL)
5228 *dest++ = *src;
5231 # endif
5233 if (dest != NULL)
5234 *dest = NUL;
5236 return m;
5238 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5241 * Next character is interpreted literally.
5242 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5243 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5244 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5247 get_literal()
5249 int cc;
5250 int nc;
5251 int i;
5252 int hex = FALSE;
5253 int octal = FALSE;
5254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5255 int unicode = 0;
5256 #endif
5258 if (got_int)
5259 return Ctrl_C;
5261 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5263 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5264 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
5265 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5266 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5268 if (gui.in_use)
5269 ++allow_keys;
5270 #endif
5271 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5272 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
5273 #endif
5274 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
5275 cc = 0;
5276 i = 0;
5277 for (;;)
5279 nc = plain_vgetc();
5280 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5281 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
5282 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5283 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
5284 # endif
5286 add_to_showcmd(nc);
5287 #endif
5288 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
5289 hex = TRUE;
5290 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
5291 octal = TRUE;
5292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5293 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
5294 unicode = nc;
5295 #endif
5296 else
5298 if (hex
5299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5300 || unicode != 0
5301 #endif
5304 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
5305 break;
5306 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
5308 else if (octal)
5310 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
5311 break;
5312 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
5314 else
5316 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
5317 break;
5318 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
5321 ++i;
5324 if (cc > 255
5325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5326 && unicode == 0
5327 #endif
5329 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
5330 nc = 0;
5332 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
5334 if (i >= 2)
5335 break;
5337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5338 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
5340 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
5341 break;
5343 #endif
5344 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
5345 break;
5347 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
5349 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5351 cc = '\n';
5352 nc = 0;
5354 else
5356 cc = nc;
5357 nc = 0;
5361 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5362 cc = '\n';
5363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5364 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
5365 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
5366 second byte will cause trouble! */
5367 #endif
5369 --no_mapping;
5370 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5371 if (gui.in_use)
5372 --allow_keys;
5373 #endif
5374 if (nc)
5375 vungetc(nc);
5376 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
5377 return cc;
5381 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
5383 static void
5384 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
5385 int c;
5386 int allow_modmask;
5387 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
5389 char_u *p;
5390 int len;
5393 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
5394 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
5395 * mode.
5396 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
5397 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
5399 #ifdef MACOS
5400 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
5401 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
5402 allow_modmask = TRUE;
5403 #endif
5404 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
5406 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
5407 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5408 c = p[len - 1];
5409 if (len > 2)
5411 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5412 return;
5413 p[len - 1] = NUL;
5414 ins_str(p);
5415 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
5416 ctrlv = FALSE;
5419 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
5420 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
5424 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
5425 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
5426 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
5427 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
5428 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
5429 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
5430 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
5432 #ifdef EBCDIC
5433 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5434 #else
5435 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5436 #endif
5438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5439 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
5440 #else
5441 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
5442 #endif
5444 void
5445 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
5446 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
5447 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
5448 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
5450 int textwidth;
5451 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5452 char_u *p;
5453 #endif
5454 int fo_ins_blank;
5456 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
5457 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5460 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
5461 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
5462 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
5463 * ends in white space.
5464 * - Otherwise:
5465 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
5466 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
5467 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
5468 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
5469 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
5470 * before the insert.
5471 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
5472 * before 'textwidth'
5474 if (textwidth > 0
5475 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5476 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
5477 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5478 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5479 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5480 #endif
5481 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
5482 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5483 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
5484 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5485 && (!fo_ins_blank
5486 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
5487 ))))))
5489 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
5490 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
5491 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5492 int do_internal = TRUE;
5494 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0)
5496 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
5497 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
5498 * was called. */
5499 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
5501 if (do_internal)
5502 #endif
5503 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
5506 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
5507 return;
5509 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5510 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
5511 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
5513 char_u *line;
5514 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
5515 int middle_len, end_len;
5516 int i;
5519 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
5520 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
5522 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
5523 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
5525 /* Skip middle-comment string */
5526 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
5527 ++p;
5528 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5529 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
5530 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
5531 --middle_len;
5533 /* Find the end-comment string */
5534 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
5535 ++p;
5536 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5538 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
5539 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5540 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
5542 i++;
5544 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
5545 i -= middle_len;
5547 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
5548 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
5550 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
5551 backspace_until_column(i);
5554 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
5555 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
5557 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
5561 end_comment_pending = NUL;
5562 #endif
5564 did_ai = FALSE;
5565 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5566 did_si = FALSE;
5567 can_si = FALSE;
5568 can_si_back = FALSE;
5569 #endif
5572 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
5573 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
5574 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
5575 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
5576 * 'paste' is set)..
5578 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5579 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5580 #endif
5582 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
5583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5584 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
5585 #endif
5586 && vpeekc() != NUL
5587 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5588 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5589 && !cindent_on()
5590 #endif
5591 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5592 && !p_ri
5593 #endif
5596 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
5597 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
5598 int i;
5599 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
5601 buf[0] = c;
5602 i = 1;
5603 if (textwidth > 0)
5604 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5606 * Stop the string when:
5607 * - no more chars available
5608 * - finding a special character (command key)
5609 * - buffer is full
5610 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
5611 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
5613 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
5614 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
5615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5616 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
5617 #endif
5618 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
5619 && (textwidth == 0
5620 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5621 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
5623 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5624 c = vgetc();
5625 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
5626 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
5627 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
5628 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
5629 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
5630 # endif
5631 buf[i++] = c;
5632 #else
5633 buf[i++] = vgetc();
5634 #endif
5637 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
5638 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
5639 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
5640 #endif
5641 buf[i] = NUL;
5642 ins_str(buf);
5643 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5645 redo_literal(*buf);
5646 i = 1;
5648 else
5649 i = 0;
5650 if (buf[i] != NUL)
5651 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
5653 else
5655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5656 int cc;
5658 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
5660 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5662 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
5663 buf[cc] = NUL;
5664 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
5665 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5667 else
5668 #endif
5670 ins_char(c);
5671 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5672 redo_literal(c);
5673 else
5674 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5680 * Format text at the current insert position.
5682 static void
5683 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
5684 int textwidth;
5685 int second_indent;
5686 int flags;
5687 int format_only;
5689 int cc;
5690 int save_char = NUL;
5691 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
5692 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5694 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
5695 #endif
5696 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
5697 int first_line = TRUE;
5698 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5699 colnr_T leader_len;
5700 int no_leader = FALSE;
5701 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
5702 #endif
5705 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
5706 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
5708 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
5710 cc = gchar_cursor();
5711 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
5713 save_char = cc;
5714 pchar_cursor('x');
5719 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
5721 while (!got_int)
5723 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
5724 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
5725 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
5726 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
5727 colnr_T len;
5728 colnr_T virtcol;
5729 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5730 int orig_col = 0;
5731 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
5732 #endif
5733 colnr_T col;
5735 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5736 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5737 break;
5739 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5740 if (no_leader)
5741 do_comments = FALSE;
5742 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5743 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
5744 do_comments = TRUE;
5746 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5747 if (do_comments)
5748 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
5749 else
5750 leader_len = 0;
5752 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
5753 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
5754 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
5755 * to start with %. */
5756 if (leader_len == 0)
5757 no_leader = TRUE;
5758 #endif
5759 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5760 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5761 && leader_len == 0
5762 #endif
5763 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
5766 textwidth = 0;
5767 break;
5769 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
5770 break;
5772 /* find column of textwidth border */
5773 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
5774 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5776 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
5777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5778 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
5779 if (has_mbyte)
5780 mb_adjust_cursor();
5781 #endif
5782 foundcol = 0;
5785 * Find position to break at.
5786 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
5788 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
5789 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5790 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
5792 cc = gchar_cursor();
5793 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5795 /* remember position of blank just before text */
5796 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5798 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
5799 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5801 dec_cursor();
5802 cc = gchar_cursor();
5804 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5805 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
5806 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5807 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5808 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5809 break;
5810 #endif
5811 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
5813 /* do not break after one-letter words */
5814 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5815 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
5817 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5818 dec_cursor();
5819 cc = gchar_cursor();
5821 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5822 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
5823 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5826 if (has_mbyte)
5827 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
5828 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
5829 else
5830 #endif
5831 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
5832 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5833 break;
5835 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5836 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
5837 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5839 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
5840 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5841 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5842 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
5843 end_foundcol = foundcol;
5844 break;
5846 #endif
5847 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5848 break;
5849 dec_cursor();
5852 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
5854 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
5855 break;
5858 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
5859 undisplay_dollar();
5862 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
5863 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
5864 * over the text instead.
5866 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5867 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5868 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
5869 else
5870 #endif
5871 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
5874 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
5875 * characters that will remain on top line
5877 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5878 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
5879 inc_cursor();
5880 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
5881 if (startcol < 0)
5882 startcol = 0;
5884 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5885 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5888 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
5889 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
5891 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
5892 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
5893 if (saved_text == NULL)
5894 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
5895 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
5897 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
5898 if (!fo_white_par)
5899 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
5901 else
5902 #endif
5904 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
5905 if (!fo_white_par)
5906 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5910 * Split the line just before the margin.
5911 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
5913 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
5914 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
5915 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5916 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
5917 #endif
5918 , old_indent);
5919 old_indent = 0;
5921 replace_offset = 0;
5922 if (first_line)
5924 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
5925 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
5926 if (second_indent >= 0)
5928 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5929 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5930 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
5931 else
5932 #endif
5933 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
5935 first_line = FALSE;
5938 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5939 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5942 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
5943 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
5945 ins_bytes(saved_text);
5946 vim_free(saved_text);
5948 else
5949 #endif
5952 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
5953 * may have added or removed indent.
5955 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
5956 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
5957 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
5958 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
5961 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
5962 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5963 can_cindent = TRUE;
5964 #endif
5965 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
5966 did_ai = FALSE;
5967 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5968 did_si = FALSE;
5969 can_si = FALSE;
5970 can_si_back = FALSE;
5971 #endif
5972 line_breakcheck();
5975 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
5976 pchar_cursor(save_char);
5978 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
5980 update_topline();
5981 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
5986 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
5987 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
5988 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
5989 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
5990 * saved here.
5992 void
5993 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
5994 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
5995 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
5997 pos_T pos;
5998 colnr_T len;
5999 char_u *old;
6000 char_u *new, *pnew;
6001 int wasatend;
6002 int cc;
6004 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6005 return;
6007 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
6008 old = ml_get_curline();
6010 /* may remove added space */
6011 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6013 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
6014 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
6015 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
6016 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
6017 * next they are not joined back together. */
6018 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
6019 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
6021 dec_cursor();
6022 cc = gchar_cursor();
6023 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
6024 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6025 dec_cursor();
6026 cc = gchar_cursor();
6027 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6029 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6030 return;
6032 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6035 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6036 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
6037 * comments. */
6038 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
6039 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
6040 return;
6041 #endif
6044 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
6045 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
6046 * the start of a paragraph.
6048 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6050 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6051 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6052 return;
6056 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
6057 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6059 saved_cursor = pos;
6060 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
6061 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6062 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6064 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6066 /* "cannot happen" */
6067 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6068 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6070 else
6071 check_cursor_col();
6073 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6074 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
6075 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6076 * formatted. */
6077 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6079 new = ml_get_curline();
6080 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6081 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6083 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6084 pnew[len] = ' ';
6085 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6086 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6087 /* remove the space later */
6088 did_add_space = TRUE;
6090 else
6091 /* may remove added space */
6092 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6095 check_cursor();
6099 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6100 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6101 * position.
6103 static void
6104 check_auto_format(end_insert)
6105 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6107 int c = ' ';
6108 int cc;
6110 if (did_add_space)
6112 cc = gchar_cursor();
6113 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6114 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6115 did_add_space = FALSE;
6116 else
6118 if (!end_insert)
6120 inc_cursor();
6121 c = gchar_cursor();
6122 dec_cursor();
6124 if (c != NUL)
6126 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6127 del_char(FALSE);
6128 did_add_space = FALSE;
6135 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6136 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6137 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
6138 * if invalid value, use 0.
6139 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6142 comp_textwidth(ff)
6143 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6145 int textwidth;
6147 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6148 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6150 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6151 * things that add to the margin. */
6152 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6153 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6154 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6155 textwidth -= 1;
6156 #endif
6157 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6158 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6159 #endif
6160 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6161 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
6162 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
6163 || usingNetbeans
6164 # endif
6166 textwidth -= 1;
6167 #endif
6168 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
6169 textwidth -= 8;
6171 if (textwidth < 0)
6172 textwidth = 0;
6173 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6175 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
6176 if (textwidth > 79)
6177 textwidth = 79;
6179 return textwidth;
6183 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6185 static void
6186 redo_literal(c)
6187 int c;
6189 char_u buf[10];
6191 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
6192 * three digits. */
6193 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
6195 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
6196 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
6198 else
6199 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6203 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
6204 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
6206 static void
6207 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
6208 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
6210 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
6212 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
6213 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
6214 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
6216 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6217 check_spell_redraw();
6218 #endif
6221 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6223 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
6224 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
6226 static void
6227 check_spell_redraw()
6229 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
6231 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
6233 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
6234 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
6239 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
6240 * spelled word, if there is one.
6242 static void
6243 spell_back_to_badword()
6245 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6247 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
6248 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
6249 start_arrow(&tpos);
6251 #endif
6254 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
6255 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
6256 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
6259 stop_arrow()
6261 if (arrow_used)
6263 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6265 arrow_used = FALSE;
6266 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6268 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
6269 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
6270 ai_col = 0;
6271 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6272 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6274 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6275 vr_lines_changed = 1;
6277 #endif
6278 ResetRedobuff();
6279 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
6280 new_insert_skip = 2;
6282 else if (ins_need_undo)
6284 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6285 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6289 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
6290 foldOpenCursor();
6291 #endif
6293 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
6297 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
6298 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
6299 * to another window/buffer.
6301 static void
6302 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
6303 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
6304 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
6306 int cc;
6307 char_u *ptr;
6309 stop_redo_ins();
6310 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
6313 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
6314 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
6315 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
6317 ptr = get_inserted();
6318 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
6319 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
6321 vim_free(last_insert);
6322 last_insert = ptr;
6323 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
6325 else
6326 vim_free(ptr);
6328 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
6330 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
6331 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
6332 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
6333 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
6334 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6336 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6338 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
6339 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
6340 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
6341 cc = 'x';
6342 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
6344 dec_cursor();
6345 cc = gchar_cursor();
6346 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6347 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6350 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
6352 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6354 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6355 inc_cursor();
6356 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6357 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
6358 * the "coladd". */
6359 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6360 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
6361 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
6362 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
6363 #endif
6367 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
6368 check_auto_format(TRUE);
6370 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
6371 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
6372 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
6373 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
6374 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
6376 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6378 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
6379 for (;;)
6381 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
6382 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6383 cc = gchar_cursor();
6384 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6385 break;
6386 (void)del_char(TRUE);
6388 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
6389 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6390 else if (cc != NUL)
6391 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
6393 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6394 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
6395 * deleted characters. */
6396 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6398 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6399 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
6401 VIsual.col = cc;
6402 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6403 VIsual.coladd = 0;
6404 # endif
6407 #endif
6410 did_ai = FALSE;
6411 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6412 did_si = FALSE;
6413 can_si = FALSE;
6414 can_si_back = FALSE;
6415 #endif
6417 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
6418 * now in a different buffer. */
6419 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
6421 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
6422 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
6427 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
6428 * Used for the replace command.
6430 void
6431 set_last_insert(c)
6432 int c;
6434 char_u *s;
6436 vim_free(last_insert);
6437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6438 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
6439 #else
6440 last_insert = alloc(6);
6441 #endif
6442 if (last_insert != NULL)
6444 s = last_insert;
6445 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
6446 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
6447 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
6448 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
6449 *s++ = ESC;
6450 *s++ = NUL;
6451 last_insert_skip = 0;
6455 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6456 void
6457 free_last_insert()
6459 vim_free(last_insert);
6460 last_insert = NULL;
6461 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6462 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
6463 compl_orig_text = NULL;
6464 # endif
6466 #endif
6469 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
6470 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
6471 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
6473 char_u *
6474 add_char2buf(c, s)
6475 int c;
6476 char_u *s;
6478 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6479 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
6480 int i;
6481 int len;
6483 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
6484 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
6486 c = temp[i];
6487 #endif
6488 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
6489 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
6491 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
6492 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
6493 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
6495 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6496 else if (c == CSI)
6498 *s++ = CSI;
6499 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
6500 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
6502 #endif
6503 else
6504 *s++ = c;
6505 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6507 #endif
6508 return s;
6512 * move cursor to start of line
6513 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
6514 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
6515 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
6516 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
6518 void
6519 beginline(flags)
6520 int flags;
6522 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
6523 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6524 else
6526 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6527 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6528 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6529 #endif
6531 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
6533 char_u *ptr;
6535 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
6536 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
6537 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6539 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6544 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
6546 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
6547 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
6548 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
6552 oneright()
6554 char_u *ptr;
6555 int l;
6557 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6558 if (virtual_active())
6560 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6562 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
6563 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6564 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6565 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6566 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6567 # else
6568 *ptr
6569 # endif
6571 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
6572 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6573 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
6574 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
6575 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
6577 #endif
6579 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6580 if (*ptr == NUL)
6581 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
6583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6584 if (has_mbyte)
6585 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6586 else
6587 #endif
6588 l = 1;
6590 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
6591 * contains "onemore". */
6592 if (ptr[l] == NUL
6593 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6594 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
6595 #endif
6597 return FAIL;
6598 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
6600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6601 return OK;
6605 oneleft()
6607 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6608 if (virtual_active())
6610 int width;
6611 int v = getviscol();
6613 if (v == 0)
6614 return FAIL;
6616 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6617 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
6618 width = 1;
6619 for (;;)
6621 coladvance(v - width);
6622 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
6623 * there are no multi-byte characters */
6624 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
6625 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6626 && !has_mbyte
6627 # endif
6628 ) || getviscol() < v)
6629 break;
6630 ++width;
6632 # else
6633 coladvance(v - 1);
6634 # endif
6636 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
6638 char_u *ptr;
6640 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
6641 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6642 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6643 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6644 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6645 # else
6646 *ptr
6647 # endif
6648 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
6649 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6652 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6653 return OK;
6655 #endif
6657 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6658 return FAIL;
6660 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6661 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6664 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
6665 * character, move to its first byte */
6666 if (has_mbyte)
6667 mb_adjust_cursor();
6668 #endif
6669 return OK;
6673 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
6674 long n;
6675 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6677 linenr_T lnum;
6679 if (n > 0)
6681 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6682 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
6683 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6684 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6685 return FAIL;
6686 if (n >= lnum)
6687 lnum = 1;
6688 else
6689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6690 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6693 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
6695 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
6696 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6698 while (n--)
6700 /* move up one line */
6701 --lnum;
6702 if (lnum <= 1)
6703 break;
6704 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
6705 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
6706 * in a moment. */
6707 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
6708 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6710 if (lnum < 1)
6711 lnum = 1;
6713 else
6714 #endif
6715 lnum -= n;
6716 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6719 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6720 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6722 if (upd_topline)
6723 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6725 return OK;
6729 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
6732 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
6733 long n;
6734 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6736 linenr_T lnum;
6738 if (n > 0)
6740 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6741 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6742 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
6743 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
6744 #endif
6745 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
6746 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6747 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6748 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6749 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6750 return FAIL;
6751 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6752 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6753 else
6754 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6755 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6757 linenr_T last;
6759 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
6760 while (n--)
6762 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
6763 lnum = last + 1;
6764 else
6765 ++lnum;
6766 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6767 break;
6769 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6770 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6772 else
6773 #endif
6774 lnum += n;
6775 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6778 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6779 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6781 if (upd_topline)
6782 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6784 return OK;
6788 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
6789 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
6790 * first have to remove the command.
6793 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
6794 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
6795 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
6796 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
6798 char_u *esc_ptr;
6799 char_u *ptr;
6800 char_u *last_ptr;
6801 char_u last = NUL;
6803 ptr = get_last_insert();
6804 if (ptr == NULL)
6806 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
6807 return FAIL;
6810 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
6811 if (c != NUL)
6812 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6813 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
6814 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
6816 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
6817 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
6818 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
6820 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
6821 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
6822 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
6824 last = *last_ptr;
6825 *last_ptr = NUL;
6830 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
6831 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
6832 if (last)
6833 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
6834 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
6835 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
6837 while (--count > 0);
6839 if (last)
6840 *last_ptr = last;
6842 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
6843 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
6845 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
6846 if (!no_esc)
6847 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
6849 return OK;
6852 char_u *
6853 get_last_insert()
6855 if (last_insert == NULL)
6856 return NULL;
6857 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
6861 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
6862 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
6864 char_u *
6865 get_last_insert_save()
6867 char_u *s;
6868 int len;
6870 if (last_insert == NULL)
6871 return NULL;
6872 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
6873 if (s != NULL)
6875 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
6876 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
6877 s[len - 1] = NUL;
6879 return s;
6883 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
6884 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
6885 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
6886 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
6888 static int
6889 echeck_abbr(c)
6890 int c;
6892 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
6893 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
6894 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
6895 return FALSE;
6897 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
6898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
6902 * replace-stack functions
6904 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
6905 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
6907 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
6908 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
6909 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
6911 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
6912 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
6913 * that were deleted (always white space).
6915 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
6916 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
6917 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
6920 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
6921 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
6922 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
6924 void
6925 replace_push(c)
6926 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
6928 char_u *p;
6930 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
6931 return;
6932 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
6934 replace_stack_len += 50;
6935 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
6936 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
6938 replace_stack_len -= 50;
6939 return;
6941 if (replace_stack != NULL)
6943 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
6944 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
6945 vim_free(replace_stack);
6947 replace_stack = p;
6949 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
6950 if (replace_offset)
6951 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
6952 *p = c;
6953 ++replace_stack_nr;
6956 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
6958 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
6959 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
6960 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
6963 replace_push_mb(p)
6964 char_u *p;
6966 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
6967 int j;
6969 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
6970 replace_push(p[j]);
6971 return l;
6973 #endif
6975 #if 0
6977 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
6979 static void
6980 replace_push_off(c)
6981 int c;
6983 char_u *p;
6985 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
6986 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
6987 ++replace_offset)
6988 if (*--p == NUL)
6989 break;
6990 replace_push(c);
6991 replace_offset = 0;
6993 #endif
6996 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
6997 * return -1 if stack empty
6998 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
7000 static int
7001 replace_pop()
7003 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
7004 return -1;
7005 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
7009 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
7010 * encountered.
7012 static void
7013 replace_join(off)
7014 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
7016 int i;
7018 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
7019 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
7021 --replace_stack_nr;
7022 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
7023 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
7024 return;
7029 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
7030 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
7032 static void
7033 replace_pop_ins()
7035 int cc;
7036 int oldState = State;
7038 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
7039 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
7041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7042 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7043 #else
7044 ins_char(cc);
7045 #endif
7046 dec_cursor();
7048 State = oldState;
7051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7053 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
7054 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
7056 static void
7057 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
7058 int cc;
7060 int n;
7061 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
7062 int i;
7063 int c;
7065 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
7067 buf[0] = cc;
7068 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7069 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7070 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7072 else
7073 ins_char(cc);
7075 if (enc_utf8)
7076 /* Handle composing chars. */
7077 for (;;)
7079 c = replace_pop();
7080 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
7081 break;
7082 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7084 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7085 replace_push(c);
7086 break;
7088 else
7090 buf[0] = c;
7091 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7092 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7093 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7094 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7095 else
7097 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7098 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7099 replace_push(buf[i]);
7100 break;
7105 #endif
7108 * make the replace stack empty
7109 * (called when exiting replace mode)
7111 static void
7112 replace_flush()
7114 vim_free(replace_stack);
7115 replace_stack = NULL;
7116 replace_stack_len = 0;
7117 replace_stack_nr = 0;
7121 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7122 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7123 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7124 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7125 * and check for more characters to be put back
7127 static void
7128 replace_do_bs()
7130 int cc;
7131 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7132 int orig_len = 0;
7133 int ins_len;
7134 int orig_vcols = 0;
7135 colnr_T start_vcol;
7136 char_u *p;
7137 int i;
7138 int vcol;
7139 #endif
7141 cc = replace_pop();
7142 if (cc > 0)
7144 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7145 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7147 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7148 * going to delete. */
7149 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7150 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7152 #endif
7153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7154 if (has_mbyte)
7156 del_char(FALSE);
7157 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7158 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7159 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7160 # endif
7161 replace_push(cc);
7163 else
7164 #endif
7166 pchar_cursor(cc);
7167 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7168 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7169 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7170 #endif
7172 replace_pop_ins();
7174 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7175 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7177 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7178 p = ml_get_cursor();
7179 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7180 vcol = start_vcol;
7181 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7183 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
7184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7185 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
7186 #endif
7188 vcol -= start_vcol;
7190 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
7191 * text aligned. */
7192 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
7193 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
7195 del_char(FALSE);
7196 ++orig_vcols;
7198 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
7200 #endif
7202 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
7203 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
7205 else if (cc == 0)
7206 (void)del_char(FALSE);
7209 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7211 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
7213 static int
7214 cindent_on()
7216 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
7217 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7218 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
7219 # endif
7222 #endif
7224 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
7226 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
7227 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
7228 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
7229 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
7232 void
7233 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
7234 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
7236 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
7237 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7238 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
7241 void
7242 fix_indent()
7244 if (p_paste)
7245 return;
7246 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
7247 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
7248 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
7249 # endif
7250 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
7251 else
7252 # endif
7253 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7254 if (cindent_on())
7255 do_c_expr_indent();
7256 # endif
7259 #endif
7261 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7263 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
7264 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
7265 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
7266 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
7268 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
7269 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
7270 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
7271 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
7273 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
7276 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
7277 int keytyped;
7278 int when;
7279 int line_is_empty;
7281 char_u *look;
7282 int try_match;
7283 int try_match_word;
7284 char_u *p;
7285 char_u *line;
7286 int icase;
7287 int i;
7289 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7290 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
7291 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
7292 else
7293 #endif
7294 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
7295 while (*look)
7298 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
7299 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
7301 switch (when)
7303 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
7304 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
7305 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
7307 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
7308 ++look;
7311 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
7312 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
7314 if (*look == '0')
7316 try_match_word = try_match;
7317 if (!line_is_empty)
7318 try_match = FALSE;
7319 ++look;
7321 else
7322 try_match_word = FALSE;
7325 * does it look like a control character?
7327 if (*look == '^'
7328 #ifdef EBCDIC
7329 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
7330 #else
7331 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
7332 #endif
7335 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
7336 return TRUE;
7337 look += 2;
7340 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
7341 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
7343 else if (*look == 'o')
7345 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
7346 return TRUE;
7347 ++look;
7349 else if (*look == 'O')
7351 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
7352 return TRUE;
7353 ++look;
7357 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
7358 * cursor.
7360 else if (*look == 'e')
7362 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
7364 p = ml_get_curline();
7365 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
7366 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
7367 return TRUE;
7369 ++look;
7373 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
7374 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
7375 * class::method for C++).
7377 else if (*look == ':')
7379 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
7381 p = ml_get_curline();
7382 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
7383 return TRUE;
7384 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
7385 p = ml_get_curline();
7386 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
7387 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
7388 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
7390 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
7391 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
7392 || cin_islabel(30));
7393 p = ml_get_curline();
7394 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
7395 if (i)
7396 return TRUE;
7399 ++look;
7404 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
7406 else if (*look == '<')
7408 if (try_match)
7411 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
7412 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
7413 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
7415 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
7416 && keytyped == look[1])
7417 return TRUE;
7419 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
7420 return TRUE;
7422 while (*look && *look != '>')
7423 look++;
7424 while (*look == '>')
7425 look++;
7429 * Is it a word: "=word"?
7431 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
7433 ++look;
7434 if (*look == '~')
7436 icase = TRUE;
7437 ++look;
7439 else
7440 icase = FALSE;
7441 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
7442 if (p == NULL)
7443 p = look + STRLEN(look);
7444 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
7445 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
7447 int match = FALSE;
7449 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7450 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
7452 char_u *s;
7454 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
7455 * search back for the start of a word. */
7456 line = ml_get_curline();
7457 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7458 if (has_mbyte)
7460 char_u *n;
7462 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
7464 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
7465 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
7466 break;
7469 else
7470 # endif
7471 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
7472 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
7473 break;
7474 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
7475 && (icase
7476 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
7477 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
7478 match = TRUE;
7480 else
7481 #endif
7482 /* TODO: multi-byte */
7483 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
7484 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
7486 line = ml_get_cursor();
7487 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
7488 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
7489 && (icase
7490 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
7491 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
7492 == 0)
7493 match = TRUE;
7495 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
7497 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
7498 * word. */
7499 line = ml_get_curline();
7500 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
7501 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
7502 match = FALSE;
7504 if (match)
7505 return TRUE;
7507 look = p;
7511 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
7513 else
7515 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
7516 return TRUE;
7517 ++look;
7521 * Skip over ", ".
7523 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
7525 return FALSE;
7527 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7529 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
7531 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
7534 hkmap(c)
7535 int c;
7537 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
7539 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
7540 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
7541 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
7542 static char_u map[26] =
7543 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
7544 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
7545 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
7546 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
7547 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
7548 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
7549 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
7550 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
7551 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
7553 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
7554 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
7555 /* '-1'='sofit' */
7556 else if (c == 'x')
7557 return 'X';
7558 else if (c == 'q')
7559 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
7560 else if (c == 246)
7561 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
7562 else if (c == 228)
7563 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
7564 else if (c == 252)
7565 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
7566 #ifdef EBCDIC
7567 else if (islower(c))
7568 #else
7569 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
7570 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
7571 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
7572 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
7574 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
7575 #endif
7576 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
7577 else
7578 return c;
7580 else
7582 switch (c)
7584 case '`': return ';';
7585 case '/': return '.';
7586 case '\'': return ',';
7587 case 'q': return '/';
7588 case 'w': return '\'';
7590 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
7591 case ',': c = '{'; break;
7592 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
7593 case ';': c = 't'; break;
7594 default: {
7595 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
7597 #ifdef EBCDIC
7598 /* see note about islower() above */
7599 if (!islower(c))
7600 #else
7601 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
7602 #endif
7603 return c;
7604 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
7605 break;
7609 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
7612 #endif
7614 static void
7615 ins_reg()
7617 int need_redraw = FALSE;
7618 int regname;
7619 int literally = 0;
7620 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7621 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
7622 #endif
7625 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
7627 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7628 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7630 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7631 ins_redraw(FALSE);
7633 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
7634 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7635 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
7636 #endif
7639 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7640 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
7641 #endif
7644 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
7645 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7647 ++no_mapping;
7648 regname = plain_vgetc();
7649 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7650 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7651 #endif
7652 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
7654 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
7655 literally = regname;
7656 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7657 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
7658 #endif
7659 regname = plain_vgetc();
7660 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7661 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7662 #endif
7664 --no_mapping;
7666 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7668 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
7669 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
7671 ++no_u_sync;
7672 if (regname == '=')
7674 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7675 int im_on = im_get_status();
7676 # endif
7677 regname = get_expr_register();
7678 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7679 /* Restore the Input Method. */
7680 if (im_on)
7681 im_set_active(TRUE);
7682 # endif
7684 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
7686 vim_beep();
7687 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7689 else
7691 #endif
7692 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
7694 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
7695 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
7696 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
7697 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
7699 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
7700 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
7702 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
7704 vim_beep();
7705 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7707 else if (stop_insert_mode)
7708 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
7709 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
7710 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
7711 need_redraw = TRUE;
7713 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7715 --no_u_sync;
7716 #endif
7717 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7718 clear_showcmd();
7719 #endif
7721 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
7722 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
7723 edit_unputchar();
7725 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7726 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
7727 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
7728 end_visual_mode();
7729 #endif
7733 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
7735 static void
7736 ins_ctrl_g()
7738 int c;
7740 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7741 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
7742 setcursor();
7743 #endif
7746 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
7747 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7749 ++no_mapping;
7750 c = plain_vgetc();
7751 --no_mapping;
7752 switch (c)
7754 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
7755 case K_UP:
7756 case Ctrl_K:
7757 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
7758 break;
7760 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
7761 case K_DOWN:
7762 case Ctrl_J:
7763 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
7764 break;
7766 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
7767 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
7768 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
7770 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
7771 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
7772 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
7773 break;
7775 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
7776 default: vim_beep();
7781 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
7783 static void
7784 ins_ctrl_hat()
7786 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
7788 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
7789 if (State & LANGMAP)
7791 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7792 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7794 else
7796 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
7797 State |= LANGMAP;
7798 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7799 im_set_active(FALSE);
7800 #endif
7803 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7804 else
7806 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
7807 if (im_get_status())
7809 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7810 im_set_active(FALSE);
7812 else
7814 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
7815 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7816 im_set_active(TRUE);
7819 #endif
7820 set_iminsert_global();
7821 showmode();
7822 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7823 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
7824 if (gui.in_use)
7825 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
7826 #endif
7827 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
7828 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
7829 status_redraw_curbuf();
7830 #endif
7834 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
7835 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
7836 * insert.
7838 static int
7839 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
7840 long *count;
7841 int cmdchar;
7842 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
7844 int temp;
7845 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7847 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7848 check_spell_redraw();
7849 #endif
7850 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
7851 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
7852 hangul_input_state_set(0);
7853 # endif
7854 if (composing_hangul)
7856 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
7857 composing_hangul = 0;
7859 #endif
7861 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7862 if (disabled_redraw)
7864 --RedrawingDisabled;
7865 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7867 if (!arrow_used)
7870 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
7871 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
7872 * when "count" is non-zero.
7874 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
7875 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
7878 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
7879 * interrupt now and then.
7881 if (*count > 0)
7883 line_breakcheck();
7884 if (got_int)
7885 *count = 0;
7888 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
7890 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
7891 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
7892 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
7894 (void)start_redo_ins();
7895 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
7896 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
7897 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7898 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
7899 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
7901 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
7902 undisplay_dollar();
7905 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
7906 * indent */
7907 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
7908 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7910 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
7911 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
7912 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
7915 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
7916 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
7918 if (!nomove
7919 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
7920 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7921 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
7922 #endif
7924 && (restart_edit == NUL
7925 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
7926 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7927 && !VIsual_active
7928 #endif
7930 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7931 && !revins_on
7932 #endif
7935 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7936 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
7938 oneleft();
7939 if (restart_edit != NUL)
7940 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
7942 else
7943 #endif
7945 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
7946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7947 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
7948 if (has_mbyte)
7949 mb_adjust_cursor();
7950 #endif
7954 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7955 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
7956 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
7957 * well). */
7958 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
7959 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
7960 im_set_active(FALSE);
7961 #endif
7963 State = NORMAL;
7964 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
7965 changed_cline_bef_curs();
7967 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
7968 setmouse();
7969 #endif
7970 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
7971 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
7972 #endif
7975 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
7976 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
7978 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
7979 showmode();
7980 else if (p_smd)
7981 MSG("");
7983 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
7986 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7988 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
7989 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
7991 static void
7992 ins_ctrl_()
7994 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
7996 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
7997 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7999 p_ri = !p_ri;
8000 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
8001 if (revins_on)
8003 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8004 revins_legal++;
8005 revins_chars = 0;
8006 undisplay_dollar();
8008 else
8009 revins_scol = -1;
8010 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8011 if (p_altkeymap)
8014 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
8015 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
8016 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
8018 arrow_used = TRUE;
8019 (void)stop_arrow();
8020 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
8021 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8022 State = INSERT;
8024 else
8025 #endif
8026 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
8027 showmode();
8029 #endif
8031 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8033 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
8034 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
8036 static int
8037 ins_start_select(c)
8038 int c;
8040 if (km_startsel)
8041 switch (c)
8043 case K_KHOME:
8044 case K_KEND:
8045 case K_PAGEUP:
8046 case K_KPAGEUP:
8047 case K_PAGEDOWN:
8048 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
8049 # ifdef MACOS
8050 case K_LEFT:
8051 case K_RIGHT:
8052 case K_UP:
8053 case K_DOWN:
8054 case K_END:
8055 case K_HOME:
8056 # endif
8057 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
8058 break;
8059 /* FALLTHROUGH */
8060 case K_S_LEFT:
8061 case K_S_RIGHT:
8062 case K_S_UP:
8063 case K_S_DOWN:
8064 case K_S_END:
8065 case K_S_HOME:
8066 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
8067 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
8068 start_selection();
8070 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
8071 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
8072 if (mod_mask)
8074 char_u buf[4];
8076 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8077 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8078 buf[2] = mod_mask;
8079 buf[3] = NUL;
8080 stuffReadbuff(buf);
8082 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8083 return TRUE;
8085 return FALSE;
8087 #endif
8090 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
8092 static void
8093 ins_insert(replaceState)
8094 int replaceState;
8096 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8097 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8099 beep_flush();
8100 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
8101 return;
8103 #endif
8105 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
8106 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8107 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8108 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
8109 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8110 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
8111 # endif
8112 "r"), 1);
8113 # endif
8114 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
8115 #endif
8116 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8117 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8118 else
8119 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8120 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8121 showmode();
8122 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8123 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8124 #endif
8128 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8130 static void
8131 ins_ctrl_o()
8133 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8134 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8135 restart_edit = 'V';
8136 else
8137 #endif
8138 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8139 restart_edit = 'R';
8140 else
8141 restart_edit = 'I';
8142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8143 if (virtual_active())
8144 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
8145 else
8146 #endif
8147 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8151 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8152 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8153 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
8154 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8155 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8157 static void
8158 ins_shift(c, lastc)
8159 int c;
8160 int lastc;
8162 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8163 return;
8164 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8167 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8169 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8170 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8172 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8173 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
8174 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8175 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8176 replace_pop_ins();
8177 if (lastc == '^')
8178 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
8179 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8181 else
8182 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8184 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8185 did_ai = FALSE;
8186 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8187 did_si = FALSE;
8188 can_si = FALSE;
8189 can_si_back = FALSE;
8190 #endif
8191 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8192 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
8193 #endif
8196 static void
8197 ins_del()
8199 int temp;
8201 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8202 return;
8203 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
8205 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8206 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
8207 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
8208 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
8209 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
8210 vim_beep();
8211 else
8212 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8214 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
8215 vim_beep();
8216 did_ai = FALSE;
8217 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8218 did_si = FALSE;
8219 can_si = FALSE;
8220 can_si_back = FALSE;
8221 #endif
8222 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
8225 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
8228 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
8230 static void
8231 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
8232 colnr_T *vcolp;
8234 dec_cursor();
8235 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
8236 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8238 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
8239 * Replace mode */
8240 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8241 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
8242 replace_do_bs();
8244 else
8245 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8249 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
8250 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
8252 static int
8253 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
8254 int c;
8255 int mode;
8256 int *inserted_space_p;
8258 linenr_T lnum;
8259 int cc;
8260 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
8261 colnr_T mincol;
8262 int did_backspace = FALSE;
8263 int in_indent;
8264 int oldState;
8265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8266 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
8267 #endif
8270 * can't delete anything in an empty file
8271 * can't backup past first character in buffer
8272 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
8273 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
8275 if ( bufempty()
8276 || (
8277 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8278 !revins_on &&
8279 #endif
8280 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8281 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
8282 && (arrow_used
8283 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8284 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
8285 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
8286 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
8287 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
8289 vim_beep();
8290 return FALSE;
8293 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8294 return FALSE;
8295 in_indent = inindent(0);
8296 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8297 if (in_indent)
8298 can_cindent = FALSE;
8299 #endif
8300 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
8301 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
8302 #endif
8303 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8304 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
8305 inc_cursor();
8306 #endif
8308 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8309 /* Virtualedit:
8310 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
8311 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
8312 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
8314 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
8316 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8318 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8319 return TRUE;
8321 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
8323 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8324 return TRUE;
8326 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8328 #endif
8331 * delete newline!
8333 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8335 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
8336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8337 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8338 || revins_on
8339 #endif
8342 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
8343 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
8344 return FALSE;
8345 --Insstart.lnum;
8346 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
8349 * In replace mode:
8350 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
8351 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
8353 cc = -1;
8354 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8355 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
8357 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
8358 * cursor.
8360 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
8362 dec_cursor();
8364 else
8366 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8367 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8368 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
8369 #endif
8371 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
8372 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8374 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
8375 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
8376 * again when auto-formatting. */
8377 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
8378 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
8380 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
8381 TRUE);
8382 int len;
8384 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
8385 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
8386 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
8389 (void)do_join(FALSE);
8390 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8391 inc_cursor();
8393 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8394 else
8395 dec_cursor();
8396 #endif
8399 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
8400 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
8401 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
8402 * characters that NL replaced.
8404 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8407 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
8408 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
8409 * avoiding showmatch().
8411 oldState = State;
8412 State = NORMAL;
8414 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
8416 while (cc > 0)
8418 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8420 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
8421 #else
8422 ins_char(cc);
8423 #endif
8424 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8425 cc = replace_pop();
8427 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
8428 replace_pop_ins();
8429 State = oldState;
8432 did_ai = FALSE;
8434 else
8437 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
8439 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8440 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
8441 dec_cursor();
8442 #endif
8443 mincol = 0;
8444 /* keep indent */
8445 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
8446 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
8447 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8448 || cindent_on()
8449 #endif
8451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8452 && !revins_on
8453 #endif
8456 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8457 beginline(BL_WHITE);
8458 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
8459 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8460 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8464 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
8466 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
8467 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
8468 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
8469 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
8470 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
8471 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
8472 && (!*inserted_space_p
8473 || arrow_used))))))
8475 int ts;
8476 colnr_T vcol;
8477 colnr_T want_vcol;
8478 colnr_T start_vcol;
8480 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
8481 if (p_sta && in_indent)
8482 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
8483 else
8484 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
8485 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
8486 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
8487 * the previous character. */
8488 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8489 start_vcol = vcol;
8490 dec_cursor();
8491 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
8492 inc_cursor();
8493 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
8495 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
8496 while (vcol > want_vcol
8497 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
8498 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8500 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
8501 while (vcol < want_vcol)
8503 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
8504 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8505 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8506 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8508 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8509 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8510 ins_char(' ');
8511 else
8512 #endif
8514 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
8515 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
8516 replace_push(NUL);
8518 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8521 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
8522 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
8523 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
8524 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8528 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
8530 else do
8532 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8533 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
8534 #endif
8535 dec_cursor();
8537 /* start of word? */
8538 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
8540 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
8541 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
8543 /* end of word? */
8544 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
8545 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
8546 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
8548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8549 if (!revins_on)
8550 #endif
8551 inc_cursor();
8552 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8553 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8554 dec_cursor();
8555 #endif
8556 break;
8558 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8559 replace_do_bs();
8560 else
8562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8563 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
8564 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
8565 #endif
8566 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8567 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8569 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
8570 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
8571 * character.
8573 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
8574 inc_cursor();
8575 #endif
8576 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8577 if (revins_chars)
8579 revins_chars--;
8580 revins_legal++;
8582 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
8583 break;
8584 #endif
8586 /* Just a single backspace?: */
8587 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8588 break;
8589 } while (
8590 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8591 revins_on ||
8592 #endif
8593 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
8594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8595 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
8596 did_backspace = TRUE;
8598 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8599 did_si = FALSE;
8600 can_si = FALSE;
8601 can_si_back = FALSE;
8602 #endif
8603 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
8604 did_ai = FALSE;
8606 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
8607 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
8608 * with.
8610 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8612 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
8613 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8614 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8615 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8617 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
8618 * was there remains visible
8619 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
8620 * was there is erased from the screen.
8621 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
8622 * displayed even when there isn't.
8623 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
8624 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
8625 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
8627 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8628 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
8629 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
8630 * char before a Tab. */
8631 if (did_backspace)
8632 foldOpenCursor();
8633 #endif
8635 return did_backspace;
8638 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8639 static void
8640 ins_mouse(c)
8641 int c;
8643 pos_T tpos;
8644 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8646 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8647 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
8648 if (!gui.in_use)
8649 # endif
8650 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
8651 return;
8653 undisplay_dollar();
8654 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8655 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
8657 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8658 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
8660 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
8662 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
8663 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
8664 curwin = old_curwin;
8665 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8667 #endif
8668 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
8669 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8670 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
8672 curwin = new_curwin;
8673 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8675 #endif
8676 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8677 can_cindent = TRUE;
8678 # endif
8681 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8682 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
8683 redraw_statuslines();
8684 #endif
8687 static void
8688 ins_mousescroll(up)
8689 int up;
8691 pos_T tpos;
8692 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8693 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8694 # endif
8695 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8696 int did_scroll = FALSE;
8697 # endif
8699 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8701 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8702 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
8703 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
8705 int row, col;
8707 row = mouse_row;
8708 col = mouse_col;
8710 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
8711 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
8712 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8714 if (curwin == old_curwin)
8715 # endif
8716 undisplay_dollar();
8718 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8719 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
8720 if (!pum_visible()
8721 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8722 || curwin != old_curwin
8723 # endif
8725 # endif
8727 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
8728 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
8729 else
8730 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
8731 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8732 did_scroll = TRUE;
8733 # endif
8736 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8737 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8739 curwin = old_curwin;
8740 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8741 # endif
8743 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8744 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
8745 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
8746 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
8747 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
8749 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
8750 ins_compl_show_pum();
8752 # endif
8754 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
8756 start_arrow(&tpos);
8757 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8758 can_cindent = TRUE;
8759 # endif
8762 #endif
8764 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
8765 static void
8766 ins_tabline(c)
8767 int c;
8769 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
8770 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
8771 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
8773 undisplay_dollar();
8774 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8775 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8776 can_cindent = TRUE;
8777 # endif
8780 if (c == K_TABLINE)
8781 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
8782 else
8784 handle_tabmenu();
8785 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
8788 #endif
8790 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
8791 void
8792 ins_scroll()
8794 pos_T tpos;
8796 undisplay_dollar();
8797 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8798 if (gui_do_scroll())
8800 start_arrow(&tpos);
8801 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8802 can_cindent = TRUE;
8803 # endif
8807 void
8808 ins_horscroll()
8810 pos_T tpos;
8812 undisplay_dollar();
8813 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8814 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
8816 start_arrow(&tpos);
8817 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8818 can_cindent = TRUE;
8819 # endif
8822 #endif
8824 static void
8825 ins_left()
8827 pos_T tpos;
8829 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8830 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8831 foldOpenCursor();
8832 #endif
8833 undisplay_dollar();
8834 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8835 if (oneleft() == OK)
8837 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
8838 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
8839 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
8840 if (!im_is_preediting())
8841 #endif
8842 start_arrow(&tpos);
8843 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8844 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
8845 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
8846 revins_legal++;
8847 revins_chars++;
8848 #endif
8852 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
8853 * previous line
8855 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8857 start_arrow(&tpos);
8858 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
8859 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8860 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
8862 else
8863 vim_beep();
8866 static void
8867 ins_home(c)
8868 int c;
8870 pos_T tpos;
8872 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8873 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8874 foldOpenCursor();
8875 #endif
8876 undisplay_dollar();
8877 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8878 if (c == K_C_HOME)
8879 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
8880 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8881 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8882 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8883 #endif
8884 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
8885 start_arrow(&tpos);
8888 static void
8889 ins_end(c)
8890 int c;
8892 pos_T tpos;
8894 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8895 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8896 foldOpenCursor();
8897 #endif
8898 undisplay_dollar();
8899 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8900 if (c == K_C_END)
8901 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
8902 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8903 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
8905 start_arrow(&tpos);
8908 static void
8909 ins_s_left()
8911 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8912 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8913 foldOpenCursor();
8914 #endif
8915 undisplay_dollar();
8916 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8918 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8919 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
8920 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8922 else
8923 vim_beep();
8926 static void
8927 ins_right()
8929 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8930 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8931 foldOpenCursor();
8932 #endif
8933 undisplay_dollar();
8934 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
8937 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8938 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8939 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8940 if (virtual_active())
8941 oneright();
8942 else
8943 #endif
8945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8946 if (has_mbyte)
8947 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
8948 else
8949 #endif
8950 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8953 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8954 revins_legal++;
8955 if (revins_chars)
8956 revins_chars--;
8957 #endif
8959 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
8960 * cursor to the next line */
8961 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
8962 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
8964 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8965 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8966 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8967 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8969 else
8970 vim_beep();
8973 static void
8974 ins_s_right()
8976 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8977 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8978 foldOpenCursor();
8979 #endif
8980 undisplay_dollar();
8981 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
8982 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8984 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8985 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
8986 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8988 else
8989 vim_beep();
8992 static void
8993 ins_up(startcol)
8994 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
8996 pos_T tpos;
8997 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
8998 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8999 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9000 #endif
9002 undisplay_dollar();
9003 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9004 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9006 if (startcol)
9007 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9008 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9009 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9010 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9011 #endif
9013 redraw_later(VALID);
9014 start_arrow(&tpos);
9015 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9016 can_cindent = TRUE;
9017 #endif
9019 else
9020 vim_beep();
9023 static void
9024 ins_pageup()
9026 pos_T tpos;
9028 undisplay_dollar();
9030 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9031 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9033 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
9034 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9036 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9037 goto_tabpage(-1);
9039 return;
9041 #endif
9043 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9044 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
9046 start_arrow(&tpos);
9047 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9048 can_cindent = TRUE;
9049 #endif
9051 else
9052 vim_beep();
9055 static void
9056 ins_down(startcol)
9057 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9059 pos_T tpos;
9060 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9061 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9062 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9063 #endif
9065 undisplay_dollar();
9066 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9067 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9069 if (startcol)
9070 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9071 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9072 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9073 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9074 #endif
9076 redraw_later(VALID);
9077 start_arrow(&tpos);
9078 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9079 can_cindent = TRUE;
9080 #endif
9082 else
9083 vim_beep();
9086 static void
9087 ins_pagedown()
9089 pos_T tpos;
9091 undisplay_dollar();
9093 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9094 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9096 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
9097 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9099 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9100 goto_tabpage(0);
9102 return;
9104 #endif
9106 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9107 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
9109 start_arrow(&tpos);
9110 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9111 can_cindent = TRUE;
9112 #endif
9114 else
9115 vim_beep();
9118 #ifdef FEAT_DND
9119 static void
9120 ins_drop()
9122 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
9124 #endif
9127 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
9128 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
9130 static int
9131 ins_tab()
9133 int ind;
9134 int i;
9135 int temp;
9137 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
9138 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
9139 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
9140 return FALSE;
9142 ind = inindent(0);
9143 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9144 if (ind)
9145 can_cindent = FALSE;
9146 #endif
9149 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
9151 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
9152 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
9153 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
9154 return TRUE;
9156 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9157 return TRUE;
9159 did_ai = FALSE;
9160 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9161 did_si = FALSE;
9162 can_si = FALSE;
9163 can_si_back = FALSE;
9164 #endif
9165 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
9167 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9168 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
9169 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9170 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
9171 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9172 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
9173 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9176 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
9177 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
9178 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
9180 ins_char(' ');
9181 while (--temp > 0)
9183 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9184 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9185 ins_char(' ');
9186 else
9187 #endif
9189 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9190 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
9191 replace_push(NUL);
9196 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
9198 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
9200 char_u *ptr;
9201 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9202 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
9203 pos_T pos;
9204 #endif
9205 pos_T fpos;
9206 pos_T *cursor;
9207 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
9208 int change_col = -1;
9209 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
9212 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
9213 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
9215 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9216 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9218 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9219 cursor = &pos;
9220 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
9221 if (saved_line == NULL)
9222 return FALSE;
9223 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
9225 else
9226 #endif
9228 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
9229 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
9232 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
9233 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9234 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
9236 /* Find first white before the cursor */
9237 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9238 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
9240 --fpos.col;
9241 --ptr;
9244 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
9245 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9246 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
9247 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9249 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
9250 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
9253 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
9254 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9255 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
9257 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
9258 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
9259 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
9261 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
9262 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
9263 break;
9264 if (*ptr != TAB)
9266 *ptr = TAB;
9267 if (change_col < 0)
9269 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
9270 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
9271 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9272 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
9275 ++fpos.col;
9276 ++ptr;
9277 vcol += i;
9280 if (change_col >= 0)
9282 int repl_off = 0;
9284 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
9285 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
9287 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
9288 ++ptr;
9289 ++repl_off;
9291 if (vcol > want_vcol)
9293 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
9294 --ptr;
9295 --repl_off;
9297 fpos.col += repl_off;
9299 /* Delete following spaces. */
9300 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
9301 if (i > 0)
9303 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
9304 /* correct replace stack. */
9305 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9306 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9307 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9308 #endif
9310 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
9311 replace_join(repl_off);
9313 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
9314 if (usingNetbeans)
9316 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9317 (long)(i + 1));
9318 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9319 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
9321 #endif
9322 cursor->col -= i;
9324 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9326 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
9327 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
9328 * spacing.
9330 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9332 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
9333 backspace_until_column(change_col);
9335 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
9336 * ptr-cursor */
9337 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
9338 cursor->col - change_col);
9340 #endif
9343 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9344 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9345 vim_free(saved_line);
9346 #endif
9347 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
9350 return FALSE;
9354 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
9355 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
9357 static int
9358 ins_eol(c)
9359 int c;
9361 int i;
9363 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
9364 return FALSE;
9365 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9366 return TRUE;
9367 undisplay_dollar();
9370 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
9371 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
9372 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
9374 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9375 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9376 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9377 #endif
9379 replace_push(NUL);
9382 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
9383 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
9384 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
9385 * in open_line().
9388 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9389 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
9390 * CTRL-O). */
9391 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
9392 coladvance(getviscol());
9393 #endif
9395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9396 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9397 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
9398 fkmap(NL);
9399 # endif
9400 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
9401 * current line. */
9402 if (revins_on)
9403 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
9404 #endif
9406 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
9407 i = open_line(FORWARD,
9408 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
9409 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
9410 #endif
9411 0, old_indent);
9412 old_indent = 0;
9413 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9414 can_cindent = TRUE;
9415 #endif
9416 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9417 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
9418 foldOpenCursor();
9419 #endif
9421 return (!i);
9424 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
9426 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
9427 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
9428 * done.
9430 static int
9431 ins_digraph()
9433 int c;
9434 int cc;
9436 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
9437 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9439 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9440 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9442 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
9443 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9444 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
9445 #endif
9448 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
9449 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
9450 #endif
9452 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
9453 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
9454 ++no_mapping;
9455 ++allow_keys;
9456 c = plain_vgetc();
9457 --no_mapping;
9458 --allow_keys;
9459 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
9461 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9462 clear_showcmd();
9463 #endif
9464 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9465 return NUL;
9467 if (c != ESC)
9469 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9471 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9472 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9474 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
9476 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
9477 * an ESC next */
9478 edit_unputchar();
9479 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9480 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
9482 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9483 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
9484 #endif
9486 ++no_mapping;
9487 ++allow_keys;
9488 cc = plain_vgetc();
9489 --no_mapping;
9490 --allow_keys;
9491 if (cc != ESC)
9493 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
9494 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
9495 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9496 clear_showcmd();
9497 #endif
9498 return c;
9501 edit_unputchar();
9502 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9503 clear_showcmd();
9504 #endif
9505 return NUL;
9507 #endif
9510 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
9511 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
9513 static int
9514 ins_copychar(lnum)
9515 linenr_T lnum;
9517 int c;
9518 int temp;
9519 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
9521 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9523 vim_beep();
9524 return NUL;
9527 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
9528 temp = 0;
9529 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
9530 prev_ptr = ptr;
9531 validate_virtcol();
9532 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
9534 prev_ptr = ptr;
9535 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
9537 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
9538 ptr = prev_ptr;
9540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9541 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
9542 #else
9543 c = *ptr;
9544 #endif
9545 if (c == NUL)
9546 vim_beep();
9547 return c;
9551 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
9553 static int
9554 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
9555 int tc;
9557 int c = tc;
9559 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9560 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
9562 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
9563 scrolldown_clamp();
9564 else
9565 scrollup_clamp();
9566 redraw_later(VALID);
9568 else
9569 #endif
9571 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
9572 if (c != NUL)
9574 long tw_save;
9576 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
9577 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
9578 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
9579 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
9580 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
9581 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
9582 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
9583 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
9584 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9585 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
9586 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9587 revins_chars++;
9588 revins_legal++;
9589 #endif
9590 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
9591 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
9594 return c;
9597 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9599 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
9600 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
9602 static void
9603 ins_try_si(c)
9604 int c;
9606 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
9607 char_u *ptr;
9608 int i;
9609 int temp;
9612 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
9614 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
9617 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
9619 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
9621 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9623 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
9624 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
9625 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
9626 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
9627 * lines -- webb
9629 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
9630 i = pos->col;
9631 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
9632 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
9634 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
9635 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
9636 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
9637 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
9638 i = get_indent();
9639 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9640 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9641 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9642 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
9643 else
9644 #endif
9645 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
9647 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9650 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
9651 * more than indent of previous line
9653 temp = TRUE;
9654 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9656 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9657 i = get_indent();
9658 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9660 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
9662 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
9663 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
9664 break;
9666 if (get_indent() >= i)
9667 temp = FALSE;
9668 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9670 if (temp)
9671 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
9676 * set indent of '#' always to 0
9678 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
9680 /* remember current indent for next line */
9681 old_indent = get_indent();
9682 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
9685 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
9686 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
9687 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9689 #endif
9692 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
9693 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
9695 static colnr_T
9696 get_nolist_virtcol()
9698 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9699 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
9700 validate_virtcol();
9701 return curwin->w_virtcol;